WO2017006618A1 - Server, endoscopic system, transmission method, and program - Google Patents
Server, endoscopic system, transmission method, and program Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017006618A1 WO2017006618A1 PCT/JP2016/063745 JP2016063745W WO2017006618A1 WO 2017006618 A1 WO2017006618 A1 WO 2017006618A1 JP 2016063745 W JP2016063745 W JP 2016063745W WO 2017006618 A1 WO2017006618 A1 WO 2017006618A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- image data
- terminal device
- image
- server
- control unit
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/04—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor combined with photographic or television appliances
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a server, an endoscope system, and a transmission method for transmitting an image data group in a subject generated by imaging by a capsule endoscope introduced into the subject via a network to an external terminal device. And program.
- a capsule endoscope is a device that incorporates an imaging function, wireless communication function, etc. in a capsule-shaped casing that is sized to be introduced into the digestive tract of a subject, and is swallowed from the mouth of the subject.
- image data is generated by performing imaging while moving in the digestive tract by peristaltic motion or the like.
- the generated image data is wirelessly transmitted sequentially from the capsule endoscope to the outside of the subject.
- the image data wirelessly transmitted from the capsule endoscope is received by a receiving device provided outside the subject and stored in a built-in memory or a portable memory. After the inspection is completed, the image data stored in the memory is transferred (downloaded) to an information management apparatus such as a workstation and subjected to predetermined image processing. The medical staff diagnoses the subject by observing the image thus generated.
- an image transfer system includes a server that records a group of images taken by CT and MRI, and a terminal device that is communicably connected to the server and displays an image transmitted from the server.
- a server that records a group of images taken by CT and MRI
- a terminal device that is communicably connected to the server and displays an image transmitted from the server.
- the terminal device displays the first image group captured by CT.
- the server determines the image transfer order of the second image group based on the image being displayed on the terminal device, and sequentially transmits the second image group to the terminal device in the determined image transfer order.
- the server transmits the image data group corresponding to the file designated on the terminal device side to the terminal device in the photographing order. It was. For this reason, in the above-described network system of the prior art, when a specialist doctor residing in a facility different from the facility where the examination was performed diagnoses a patient using an image taken with a capsule endoscope, the optimal network for this doctor is used. However, it is not always possible to transmit an image in consideration of a correct interpretation workflow, and there is a case where a patient cannot be interpreted until all of the image data group designated by the doctor is downloaded to the terminal device.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above, and it is possible to transmit a group of image data captured by a capsule endoscope in the order of transmission in consideration of a doctor's interpretation workflow without being aware of the communication amount.
- An object of the present invention is to provide a server, an endoscope system, a transmission method, and a program.
- a server includes a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals instructing various operations.
- An image data group composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data by imaging each of a plurality of subjects, which is a server capable of bidirectional communication with a terminal device via a network.
- a request signal for requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of recording units and a plurality of the image data groups recorded by the recording unit is received from the terminal device, an interpretation workflow executed by a user and the terminal device
- the image data group is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device in an optimal transmission order for viewing the image displayed by the display unit based on the operation signal that has received the input.
- a signal control unit characterized by comprising a.
- the server according to the present invention is the server according to the present invention, wherein the transmission control unit is generated according to a certain rule in the image data group according to the interpretation workflow when the operation signal is not received from the terminal device.
- the received image data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
- the predetermined rule includes a plurality of characteristic images including a predetermined time interval, a shooting interval at which image data is captured, a predetermined number interval, and the image data group. It is any one or more of predetermined intervals in the data.
- the image data generated according to the certain rule transmitted to the terminal device corresponds to an average color bar generated for a bird's-eye view of the subject. It is the image data of the position to perform.
- the server according to the present invention is the server according to the above invention, wherein the transmission control unit transmits image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar to the terminal device, and then image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar.
- a predetermined number of the next image data having a shooting time that is newer than the shooting time in the image data is transmitted to the terminal device, or a predetermined number of image data preceding and following the shooting time of the image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar It transmits to a terminal device, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.
- the transmission control unit has a predetermined feature amount in the image data group after transmitting the image data generated according to the certain rule to the terminal device. Characteristic image data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
- the transmission control unit transmits image data including red in the image data group after transmitting the image data generated according to the certain rule to the terminal device. It transmits to the said terminal device sequentially, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.
- the transmission control unit when the transmission control unit receives a selection signal for selecting predetermined image data from the image data group as the operation signal, the selection signal The image data corresponding to the image data is transmitted, and the image data of the image data taken before and after the image data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device at a constant ratio.
- the transmission control unit may obtain image data having a shooting time that is newer than the shooting time of the image data corresponding to the selection signal, and a shooting time of the image data corresponding to the selection signal. More than the image data of the older photographing time is transmitted to the terminal device.
- the transmission control unit uses the instruction signal instructing a special reproduction mode for reproducing image data satisfying a specific condition in the image data group as the operation signal.
- the image data extracted from the image data group according to the special reproduction mode is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
- the image data extracted according to the special playback mode is characteristic image data having a predetermined feature amount in the image data group
- the transmission control The unit sequentially transmits the characteristic image data close to the imaging time of the image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar generated to observe the subject from a bird's-eye view.
- the transmission control unit instructs the frame advance when the display unit displays an interpretation image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server.
- the interpretation image and two image data whose shooting times are before and after are transmitted, respectively, and an image with the shooting time later of the interpretation image and the two image data is transmitted.
- a predetermined number of image data whose photographing time is newer than the data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
- the transmission control unit instructs the frame return to instruct frame return when the display unit displays an interpretation image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server.
- the interpretation image and two image data whose shooting times are before and after are transmitted, respectively, and the image with the previous shooting time of the interpretation image and the two image data is transmitted.
- a predetermined number of image data whose shooting time is older than the data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
- the image data group is generated by a capsule endoscope that is introduced into a subject and continuously images the inside of the subject.
- An endoscope system is a capsule that is introduced into a subject, continuously captures the inside of the subject, and generates an image data group composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data.
- An endoscope system comprising a terminal device capable of bidirectional communication with the server via a network, wherein the terminal device includes a display unit capable of displaying an image and operation signals for instructing various operations.
- An operation input unit capable of receiving an input, wherein the server records a plurality of image data groups composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data by imaging each of the plurality of subjects. And when receiving a request signal requesting transmission of any one of the plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit from the terminal device, an interpretation workflow performed by the user and the terminal device input
- a transmission control unit that determines a transmission order for viewing images displayed by the display unit based on the received operation signal and sequentially transmits the image data group to the terminal device; It is characterized by.
- a transmission method provides a terminal device including a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals instructing various operations via a network.
- a transmission method executed by a bi-directionally communicable server which is implemented by a user when receiving a request signal requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit from the terminal device
- a transmission order for browsing the images displayed by the display unit is determined, and the image data group is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
- a transmission control step is included.
- the program according to the present invention provides a terminal device including a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals for instructing various operations via a network.
- a request signal requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit is received from the terminal device to a server that can communicate with the terminal device, the interpretation workflow executed by the user and the terminal device input
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of an endoscope system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the server according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing an outline of processing executed by the server according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a case list screen displayed by the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of an interpretation screen displayed by the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of an endoscope system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the server according to the
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the transmission order of the image data group transmitted to the terminal device by the transmission control unit of the server according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8A is a diagram schematically showing transition of an interpretation screen displayed by the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8B is a diagram schematically showing transition of the interpretation screen displayed by the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8C is a diagram schematically showing the transition of the interpretation screen displayed by the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of a group of image data around the selected image transmitted by the transmission control unit of the server according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram schematically illustrating another example of the image data group around the selected image transmitted by the transmission control unit of the server according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of an image data group corresponding to the feature image playback mode transmitted by the transmission control unit when the feature image playback mode is selected in the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 schematically shows another example of the image data group corresponding to the feature image playback mode transmitted by the transmission control unit when the feature image playback mode is selected in the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram schematically illustrating another example of the image data group corresponding to the red mode transmitted by the transmission control unit when the red mode is selected in the terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of the frame advance image data group transmitted by the transmission control unit of the server according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of a frame return image data group transmitted by the transmission control unit of the server according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an outline of display processing of the actual playback frame rate executed by the server according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an overview of communication speed calculation processing executed by a server according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing an overview of a display process for displaying the total amount of data downloaded from a server executed by a terminal device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an outline of a data reduction process performed by the server according to another embodiment of the present invention on the image data group transmitted from the inspection information management apparatus.
- FIG. 20 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of an image recorded in the recording unit based on the determination by the feature image determination unit according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 21 is a diagram schematically illustrating another example of an image recorded in the recording unit based on the determination by the feature image determination unit according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing an outline of a data reduction process executed by a terminal device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of an endoscope system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- An endoscope system 1 shown in FIG. 1 is introduced into a subject 2, generates image data by photographing the inside of the subject 2, and superimposes and transmits the image data on a radio signal.
- a receiving device 5 that receives a radio signal transmitted from the capsule endoscope 3 via a receiving antenna unit 4 attached to the subject 2, and examination information and examinations relating to examinations performed on the subject 2
- An inspection information management device 6 (workstation) for managing image data as a result and performing image processing on the image data to display an image corresponding to the image data, and inspection information and image data from the outside via the network N100
- the inspection information and image data transmitted from the inspection information management device 6 via the network N100, and the terminal device 7 Comprises a server 8 to send al requested test information and image data, the.
- the inspection information management device 6, the terminal device 7, and the server 8 are connected via a network N100 by wireless or wired communication so that they can communicate bidirectionally.
- the capsule endoscope 3 has an imaging function for imaging the inside of the subject 2 and a wireless communication function for transmitting in-vivo information including image data obtained by imaging the inside of the subject 2 to the receiving antenna unit 4.
- the capsule endoscope 3 passes through the esophagus in the subject 2 by being swallowed into the subject 2, and moves in the body cavity of the subject 2 by peristaltic movement of the digestive tract cavity.
- the capsule endoscope 3 sequentially images the inside of the body cavity of the subject 2 at a minute time interval, for example, 0.5 second interval (2 fps) while moving in the body cavity of the subject 2. Are sequentially transmitted to the receiving antenna unit 4.
- the receiving antenna unit 4 includes a receiving antenna 4a to a receiving antenna 4h.
- the receiving antennas 4a to 4h receive radio signals from the capsule endoscope 3 and transmit them to the receiving device 5.
- the receiving antennas 4a to 4h are configured using loop antennas or active antennas.
- Each of the receiving antennas 4a to 4h is attached to a predetermined position on the external surface of the subject 2, for example, a position corresponding to each organ of the subject 2 that is a passage path of the capsule endoscope 3.
- the receiving device 5 records the image data in the subject 2 included in the radio signal transmitted from the capsule endoscope 3 via the receiving antenna 4a to the receiving antenna 4h, or corresponds to the image data in the subject 2. Display an image.
- the receiving device 5 receives position information of the capsule endoscope 3, time information indicating time, and the like via the receiving antenna 4a to the receiving antenna 4h and records them in association with image data. While the inspection by the capsule endoscope 3 is being performed, the reception device 5 is introduced from, for example, the mouth of the subject 2, moved through the digestive tract and discharged from the subject 2. It is stored in a holder (not shown) and carried by the subject 2.
- the receiving device 5 is detached from the subject 2 after the examination by the capsule endoscope 3 and is connected to the examination information management device 6 for transferring image data received from the capsule endoscope 3. .
- the receiving device 5 may transmit image data to the server 8 via the network N100 without passing through the examination information management device 6 described later after the examination by the capsule endoscope 3 is completed.
- the examination information management device 6 displays an image corresponding to the image data of the subject 2 acquired via the receiving device 5 and records the image data and the examination information of the subject 2 in association with each other.
- the inspection information management device 6 includes a cradle 61 that reads image data and the like from the receiving device 5, and an operation input device 62 such as a keyboard and a mouse.
- the cradle 61 acquires related information such as image data, position information associated with the image data, time information, and identification information of the capsule endoscope 3 from the receiving device 5 when the receiving device 5 is mounted. Then, the acquired various information is transferred to the inspection information management device 6.
- the operation input device 62 receives an input by a user operation.
- the examination information management device 6 While operating the operation input device 62, the user observes the body part of the subject 2, such as the esophagus, stomach, small intestine, and large intestine, while viewing the image of the subject 2 displayed by the examination information management device 6. Diagnose the lesion or the like of specimen 2. Further, the examination information management device 6 associates the image data acquired from the reception device 5 with the related information via the network N100 and transmits the image data to the server 8.
- the inspection information management device 6 is configured using a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a display panel such as a liquid crystal or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence), and a recording medium such as a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory.
- a CPU Central Processing Unit
- a display panel such as a liquid crystal or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence)
- a recording medium such as a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory.
- the terminal device 7 displays a list of image files of the image data of the plurality of subjects 2 recorded by the server 8 via the network N100, and requests the server 8 to transmit the image data of the image file selected by the user. .
- the terminal device 7 displays an image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server 8 via the network N100, and transmits operation information received by the terminal device 7 to the server 8.
- the detailed configuration of the terminal device 7 will be described later.
- the server 8 records the image data transmitted from the examination information management device 6 via the network N100 in association with the related information. Further, when there is a request for transmission of an image file from the terminal device 7 via the network N100, the server 8 transmits the image data requested from the terminal device 7.
- the detailed configuration of the server 8 will be described later.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the terminal device 7.
- the terminal device 7 illustrated in FIG. 2 includes a communication unit 71, a display unit 72, a touch panel 73, an operation input unit 74, a recording unit 75, and a terminal control unit 76.
- the communication unit 71 transmits and receives various data radio signals including information necessary for communication with the server 8 via the network N100 according to a predetermined protocol under the control of the terminal control unit 76. Specifically, the communication unit 71 receives (downloads) an image file storing the image data of the subject 2 generated by the capsule endoscope 3 via the network N100 from the server 8, and at the terminal device 7 The received various operation information is transmitted (uploaded) to the server 8.
- the communication unit 71 employs Wi-Fi (Wireless Fidelity) (registered trademark) communication or Bluetooth (registered trademark) communication.
- the communication unit 71 may employ other communication such as communication using 4G wireless or 3G wireless, WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access) communication, in addition to Wi-Fi communication.
- the display unit 72 displays an image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server 8 and various information related to the terminal device 7.
- the display unit 72 is configured using a display panel such as liquid crystal or organic EL (Electro Luminescence).
- the touch panel 73 is provided so as to overlap the display screen of the display unit 72, detects a contact position (coordinate information) where an external object (touch pen or finger) contacts, and receives an input of a signal corresponding to the detection result.
- a contact position coordinate information
- an external object touch pen or finger
- the terminal device 7 is provided with the touch panel 73.
- the present invention is not limited to this, and the touch panel 73 may be omitted.
- the operation input unit 74 receives input of various operation signals of the terminal device 7.
- the operation input unit 74 includes a power button that receives an input of a signal for turning on or off the power of the terminal device 7, a switch button that receives an input of a signal for switching the display mode of the display unit 72, and the like.
- the recording unit 75 is configured using a flash memory, a RAM (Random Access Memory), a recording medium, and the like, and records various types of information related to the terminal device 7.
- the recording unit 75 temporarily stores a program recording unit 751 that records a program for operating the terminal device 7, an image data recording unit 752 that records image data, image data, various types of information being processed by the terminal device 7, and the like. And a temporary recording unit 753 for recording automatically.
- the terminal control unit 76 controls the operation of the terminal device 7 by instructing each unit constituting the terminal device 7 and transferring data.
- the terminal control unit 76 is configured using a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or the like.
- the terminal control unit 76 includes a display control unit 761, a communication control unit 762, a recording control unit 763, and a total data amount calculation unit 764.
- the display control unit 761 controls the display mode of the display unit 72.
- the display control unit 761 causes the display unit 72 to display an image corresponding to the image data received from the server 8 via the network N100.
- the communication control unit 762 controls communication of the communication unit 71.
- the communication control unit 762 causes the communication unit 71 to communicate radio signals of various data including information necessary for communication with the server 8 via the network N100 according to a predetermined protocol.
- the recording control unit 763 temporarily records the case image data group received from the server 8 via the network N100 in the temporary recording unit 753, and when the recording capacity of the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds a predetermined capacity, Delete temporally old image data and data sequentially.
- the recording control unit 763 controls the recording mode of the case image data group received from the server 8 recorded in the temporary recording unit 753. Specifically, since the recording control unit 763 has a limit on the data capacity that can be recorded by the temporary recording unit 753, when the user selects many cases, the image data group of all cases is stored in the temporary recording unit 753. Since it is difficult to record, it is determined whether or not the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity.
- the image data recorded with the latest recorded time is determined. Delete sequentially.
- the recording control unit 763 temporarily records, in the temporary recording unit 753, image data and characteristic image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar generated for a bird's-eye observation of a subject to be described later.
- the image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar and the characteristic image data are deleted until a certain timing such as when the power of the terminal device 7 is turned off or the application for image interpretation is restarted.
- the image data is deleted sequentially from the image data that is the latest, for example, the image data used for frame advance.
- the recording control unit 763 performs priority and weighting for each case, for example, weighting in the order of new image data downloaded from the server 8, and if the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, the priority and weighting are given.
- the image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar of the low case and the characteristic image data are deleted from the temporary recording unit 753.
- the total data amount calculation unit 764 calculates the total data amount of the image data received from the server 8 via the network N100.
- the total data amount calculation unit 764 calculates the total data amount for each case (for each subject) in the image data group received from the server 8. Further, the total data amount calculation unit 764 calculates a total data amount obtained by summing up the total data amount for each case of the image data group received from the server 8. Furthermore, the total data amount calculation unit 764 receives the total data when the instruction signal for resetting the total data amount obtained by adding up the total data amount for each case of the image data group received from the server 8 is input from the operation input unit 74. Reset the amount.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the server 8.
- the server 8 shown in FIG. 3 includes a communication unit 81, a recording unit 82, and a server control unit 83.
- the communication unit 81 stores various data including information necessary for communication with an external device such as the inspection information management device 6 or the terminal device 7 via the network N100. Send and receive according to the protocol.
- the recording unit 82 is configured using a recording medium such as a flash memory, a RAM, and an HDD, and records various types of information regarding the server 8 and image data and various types of information received via the communication unit 81.
- the recording unit 82 includes a program recording unit 821 that records a program for operating the server 8 and an image data recording unit 822 that records image data generated by the capsule endoscope 3.
- the server control unit 83 comprehensively controls the operation of the server 8 by giving instructions to each unit constituting the server 8, transferring data, and the like.
- the server control unit 83 includes an average color bar generation unit 831, a feature image determination unit 832, a determination unit 833, a transmission control unit 834, an actual reproduction frame rate calculation unit 835, and a communication speed calculation unit 836. .
- the average color bar generation unit 831 converts the color information extracted along a time series from a series of image data groups generated by the capsule endoscope 3 into a band-like average color bar (image image) along the time axis. Generate. Specifically, the average color bar generation unit 831 calculates an average color for each predetermined number of image data groups generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822, and this calculation is performed. By arranging the averaged colors in a band shape along the time axis, an average color bar generated for observing the subject 2 from a bird's-eye view is generated.
- the average color bar generation unit 831 calculates the average of 10,000 pixels to an average of 1000 pixels (Pixel).
- an average value (average color) of ten images is calculated, and the average color bar is generated by arranging the calculated average values in a strip shape along the time axis for each pixel.
- the observation of the subject 2 from a bird's-eye view means that the organ of the subject 2 is distinguished for each organ and the color of the whole case is confirmed, for example, the bleeding is confirmed, and the entire color is confirmed (the whole is pinkish).
- the average color bar generation unit 831 generates an average color bar of the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3, but for example, the reception device 5, the inspection information management device 6, and By providing the terminal device 7 with the same function as the average color bar generating unit 831, the average color bar may be generated by any of the receiving device 5, the inspection information management device 6, and the terminal device 7.
- the determination unit 833 determines the content of the operation signal transmitted from the terminal device 7 via the network N100.
- the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits the image data group to the terminal device 7 based on the determination result by the determination unit 833. Specifically, when it is determined by the determination unit 833 that the transmission control unit 834 has received a request signal requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit 82 from the terminal device 7, Based on the interpretation workflow set in the terminal device 7 and the operation signal received by the terminal device, the transmission order for viewing the image displayed by the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7 is determined and recorded. The image data group recorded by the unit 82 is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits image data generated according to a certain rule in the image data group to the terminal device 7 according to the interpretation workflow.
- the certain rule is a predetermined time interval, a shooting interval at which image data is captured, a predetermined number interval, a predetermined number interval in a plurality of characteristic image data included in the image data group, and a capsule type endoscope. Any one of the movement distances of the mirror 3.
- each of the predetermined time interval, the shooting interval, the predetermined number interval, the predetermined number interval and the movement distance in the plurality of characteristic image data can be changed as appropriate, for example, the touch panel of the terminal device 7. 73 or the operation input unit 74 can be changed.
- the interpretation workflow set in the terminal device 7 refers to the type of reproduction mode for reproducing an image when the case is interpreted, the frame rate for reproducing the image, and user identification information (identification of the terminal device 7).
- Information information regarding the interpretation workflow may be recorded in the recording unit 75 of the terminal device 7 or may be recorded in the recording unit 82 of the server 8.
- the communication control unit 762 of the terminal device 7 transmits information related to the interpretation workflow recorded in the recording unit 75 to the server 8 when accessing the server 8.
- the transmission control unit 834 of the server 8 responds to the accessed terminal device 7 based on the identification information (for example, IP address) of the accessed terminal device 7.
- Information regarding the obtained interpretation workflow is determined, and an optimal transmission order is determined for the image data group of the case selected in accordance with the acquired information regarding the interpretation workflow and the operation signal received from the terminal device 7, and sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. To do.
- the feature image determination unit 832 calculates one or more types of predetermined feature amounts for the series of image data groups generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822, and the predetermined features. Image data having a quantity is determined as characteristic image data. Specifically, the feature image determination unit 832 calculates the average color of the in-vivo image corresponding to the image data (average value of each RGB pixel value component, average value of hue value / saturation / lightness calculated from the RGB pixel value).
- Etc. the amount of change from the previous image of the average color (image taken immediately before the time series), the average luminance of the in-vivo image, the amount of change of the average luminance from the previous image, one or more in the in-vivo image Color (RGB value, hue value, saturation, brightness, etc.) or luminance in a specific part (center of in-vivo image, several points at a predetermined distance from the center) or luminance, color or luminance in the specific part from the previous image
- the amount of change, the rate of coincidence with a specific pattern of the shape of the specific part for example, a pattern of a predetermined lesion site
- the degree of similarity with the previous image or the magnitude of the motion vector and in-vivo images detected by known image processing Area (external, mucosal area)
- the actual playback frame rate calculation unit 835 calculates the actual playback frame rate of the image displayed on the terminal device 7 and transmits the calculation result to the terminal device 7.
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 calculates the communication speed between the terminal device 7 and the server 8 via the network N100, and transmits the calculation result to the terminal device 7.
- FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing an outline of processing executed by the server 8.
- a user such as a doctor uses the terminal device 7 to perform an interpretation operation according to an interpretation workflow on a desired case by the user.
- 4 is a flowchart of a transmission process executed by the server 8.
- step S101 when there is an access from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S101: Yes), the server 8 records each case recorded by the recording unit 82 on the accessed terminal device 7.
- the case list data of (case file in which examination ID and image data are associated) is transmitted (step S102).
- the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 causes the display unit 72 to display a case list screen corresponding to the case list data received from the server 8.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a case list screen displayed by the terminal device 7.
- a list display area W1 for displaying a list of cases that can be interpreted a list display area W1 for displaying a list of cases that can be interpreted
- a communication status image W2 for displaying the communication status of the terminal device 7, and the terminal device 7 from the server 8 image data a list display area W1 for displaying a list of cases that can be interpreted
- a communication status image W2 for displaying the communication status of the terminal device 7, and the terminal device 7 from the server 8 image data.
- Communication status icon W3 (Traffic check) that accepts an input of an instruction signal for confirming the communication status (download performance) when receiving the image, and an input of an instruction signal for uploading the image file storing the image data to the server 8
- An upload icon W4 (Upload) to be received, an update icon W5 (Refresh) to receive an input of an instruction signal for updating the case list screen B1, and a total data amount in which the data amount of each case downloaded from the server 8 by the terminal device 7 is accumulated.
- Reset that accepts input of W6 (Grand DL total) and instruction signal to reset the total data count
- examination ID W11 Exam ID
- patient ID W12 Patient ID
- patient (subject) name W13 Patient Name
- examination date W14 Stuled Date
- file size W15 File Size
- image processing status W16 Image Processing
- interpretation status W17 Reading
- survey status W18 Report
- total download amount W19 DL total.
- a user such as a doctor who interprets a case selects a predetermined case or icon by touching with a finger or a touch pen via the touch panel 73.
- the user operates the pointer Q1 via the touch panel 73 to select the desired case or icon by clicking on it.
- the communication control unit 762 transmits a selection signal indicating that a case has been selected from a plurality of cases by the user to the server 8 via the communication unit 71 and the network N100.
- the patient information is displayed as the examination IDW11, the patient IDW12, and the patient name W13.
- the patient information is not limited to this and may be changed as appropriate according to the setting. For example, it may be displayed as text data, characters and symbols. *
- step S103 when a selection signal (request signal) for selecting any one of a plurality of cases recorded by the recording unit 82 is received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S103: Yes), the server In step 8, the process proceeds to step S104 described later.
- step S103: No when the selection signal for selecting any one of a plurality of cases recorded by the recording unit 82 is not received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S103: No), the server 8 Shifts to step S128 described below.
- step S104 the transmission control unit 834 transmits the interpretation image data including the average color bar data of the case corresponding to the selection signal to the terminal device 7 via the network N100.
- step S105: Yes when the determination unit 833 determines that the case according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 has been interpreted (step S105: Yes), the transmission control unit 834 selects the selection received from the terminal device 7.
- the captured image data of the case corresponding to the signal is transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S106).
- step S106 the server 8 proceeds to step S107 described later.
- step S105: No when the determination unit 833 determines that the case according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 has not been interpreted (step S105: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S107 described later.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of an interpretation screen displayed by the terminal device 7.
- the image interpretation screen B2 is supplied with an image area R for displaying an image P corresponding to image data and an instruction signal for instructing a moving image mode for sequentially reproducing the image data group in time series.
- Movie icon A1 to be accepted overview icon A2 to accept input of an instruction signal for instructing an overview mode for displaying a list of a predetermined number of image data groups, and a frame to accept input of an instruction signal for setting a playback frame rate of a movie A rate icon A3, a display area A4 for displaying the actual playback frame rate, and (Average speed), and a single-display mode icon A5 for receiving an instruction signal for instructing a single-display mode for displaying the image data group one by one.
- the red mode icon A8 that receives input of an instruction signal for instructing the bleeding mode for extracting red image data including bleeding and red and displaying the red image, and the position of the capsule endoscope 3 when the image is taken
- a three-dimensional mode icon A9 that accepts an input of an instruction signal that indicates a three-dimensional mode that is schematically displayed three-dimensionally, a mode display area A10 that displays a selected reproduction mode, and a frame of image data to be reproduced
- a frame instructing unit A11 that accepts an input of an instruction signal for instructing a feed or a frame return.
- the interpretation screen B2 includes an average color bar T1 of the selected case, a slide bar T2 for selecting an image corresponding to the average color bar T1, and a time of the slide bar T2 (a time code T3 indicating a selected position).
- the download bar T4 indicating the download status of the selected case, and the captured images C1 to C3 that have been selected and have already been interpreted and captured.
- the frame rate icon A3 includes a down icon A31 for receiving an input of an instruction signal for decreasing the frame rate, and an up icon A32 for receiving an input of an instruction signal for increasing the frame rate.
- the frame instruction unit A11 includes a frame advance icon A111 that receives an input of an instruction signal for instructing frame advance of an image, and a frame return icon A112 that receives an input of an instruction signal for instructing an image frame return.
- the image interpretation screen B2 does not extract characteristic image data from the image data group of the characteristic image reproduction mode icon A7 and the red mode icon A8 or extract image data having a strong redness component.
- Auto mode Auto Speed mode
- An auto speed mode icon that receives an input of an instruction signal instructing “Adjust” may be provided.
- not all the image data groups of the selected cases are displayed in the image area R of the interpretation screen B2, so that the communication amount of data downloaded from the server 8 can be suppressed.
- step S ⁇ b> 107 the transmission control unit 834 transmits to the terminal device 7 image data generated according to a certain rule from the image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N ⁇ b> 100. Send sequentially. Specifically, the transmission control unit 834 transmits to the terminal device 7 image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7.
- the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar is any one of a predetermined time interval, a predetermined number of images, a predetermined photographing time, and an in-vivo moving distance of the capsule endoscope 3.
- the transmission control unit 834 sets the feature image reproduction mode in the terminal device 7 and the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 is 10,000.
- the characteristic image determination unit 832 has a characteristic among the 10 pieces of image data used to generate one pixel constituting the average color bar T1. Characteristic image data determined to be image data is transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- the transmission control unit 834 sets the normal mode in the terminal device 7 and the 10,000 image data groups generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 are 10,000.
- the first image data (the image with the oldest shooting time) among the 10 pieces of image data used to generate one pixel constituting the average color bar T1.
- Data the image data
- the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 is 10,000 images
- an average color bar T1 of 1000 pixels is generated from these 10,000 images.
- An example of image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar T1 transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 will be described.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the transmission order of the image data group transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 to the terminal device 7.
- the horizontal axis indicates time.
- the transmission control unit 834 receives the image data generated according to a certain rule from the image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7. Sequentially sent to 7.
- the transmission control unit 834 includes image data corresponding to the image P 1 at a position corresponding to the average color bar in the image file of the case corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7, image data corresponding to the image P 100 , Image data corresponding to the image P 200 and image data corresponding to the image P n (n: a natural number of 251 or more) are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- n a natural number of 251 or more
- the terminal device 7 sets the time (position) of the image data received by the display control unit 761 from the server 8 to the time corresponding to the division of the average color bar T1 (different hatching positions).
- the download bar T4 is updated and displayed. Thereby, the user can grasp
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar T1 of the case selected by the terminal device 7, for example, one image data every 100th.
- the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 is 50,000 images
- the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 may be transmitted every 50th image data.
- the determination unit 833 determines whether or not the image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 every predetermined number of sheets (step S108).
- the server 8 proceeds to step S109 described later.
- the determination unit 833 determines that the image data group has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 every predetermined number (step S108: No)
- the server 8 continues this determination.
- step S109 the determination unit 833 determines whether an operation signal for changing the playback mode or an operation signal for selecting a playback image is received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100.
- the server 8 performs step S120 described later. Migrate to On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal for changing the reproduction mode or the operation signal for selecting the reproduction image is not received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S109: No), the server In step 8, the process proceeds to step S110 described later.
- step S110 the determination unit 833 determines whether the rear image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100.
- the server 8 proceeds to step S113 described later.
- the server 8 proceeds to step S111 described later.
- step S111 the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits the rear image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 to the terminal device 7 via the communication unit 81 and the network N100. Specifically, as shown in (b) of FIG. 7, the transmission control section 834, an intermediate image between the image P 1 and the image P n in the image file of cases in accordance with the selection signal received from the terminal apparatus 7 Is transmitted to the terminal device 7. For example, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits image data corresponding to the image P 50 , image data corresponding to the image P 150, and image data corresponding to the image P 250 to the terminal device 7.
- the terminal device 7 updates and displays the download bar T4 by reflecting the position of the image data received from the server 8 by the display control unit 761 on the position corresponding to the average color bar T1. (FIG. 8A ⁇ FIG. 8B ⁇ FIG. 8C). Thereby, the user can grasp
- the transmission control unit 834 after transmitting the image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar T1 to the terminal device 7, photographing time from the shooting time of the image P 1 is a new next image
- image data corresponding to the P 50 was sending only one, for example imaging times than the photographing time of the image P 1 is the new next image data by a predetermined number, two or more image data specifically You may transmit to the terminal device 7.
- the transmission control unit 834 may transmit a predetermined number of image data before and after the photographing time of the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T ⁇ b> 1 to the terminal device 7. .
- the transmission control unit 834 gradually narrows the thinning interval (photographing time interval) little by little, one more image and then another image. To the terminal device 7.
- the determination unit 833 determines whether or not the rear image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S112).
- the server 8 proceeds to step S113 described later.
- the determination unit 833 determines that the rear image data group has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S112: No)
- the server 8 returns to step S109 described above.
- step S113 the determination unit 833 determines whether a characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7. To do. When the determination unit 833 determines that the characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S113: Yes). The server 8 proceeds to Step S116 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step (S113: No), the server 8 proceeds to Step S114 to be described later.
- step S ⁇ b> 114 the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits characteristic image data groups in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N ⁇ b> 100 to the terminal device 7. Specifically, as illustrated in (c) of FIG. 7, the transmission control unit 834 applies an image P 99 that is a characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7. Corresponding image data, image data corresponding to the image P 101 , image data corresponding to the image P 249 , image data corresponding to the image P 251 and image data corresponding to the image P 300 are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. In FIG. 7C, the transmission control unit 834 has a series of characteristic image data groups. However, the transmission control unit 834 is not limited to this. The image data group may be transmitted to the terminal device 7 at an interval of 1 out of 10 images.
- the determination unit 833 determines whether the characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7. (Step S115).
- determining unit 833 determines that the characteristic image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from terminal device 7 via network N100 has been transmitted to terminal device 7 (step S115: Yes).
- the server 8 proceeds to Step S116 described later.
- the server 8 returns to step S109 described above.
- step S116 the determination unit 833 determines whether the red image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- the server In step 8 the process proceeds to step S119 described later.
- the server 8 proceeds to Step S117 described later.
- step S117 the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits the red image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 to the terminal device 7 via the network N100.
- the transmission control unit 834 corresponds to an image P 252 that is a red image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7.
- Image data and image data corresponding to the image P 253 are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- the determination unit 833 determines whether or not the red image data group in the image file of the case according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (Step S83). S118).
- the determination unit 833 determines that the red image data group in the image file of the case corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S118: Yes)
- the server In step 8 the process proceeds to step S119 described later.
- step S118: No the server 8 proceeds to the above-described step S109.
- step S119 when the end signal instructing the end of interpretation in the image file of the case according to the selection signal is received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S119: Yes), the server 8 ends this processing. To do. On the other hand, when the end signal instructing the end of the interpretation in the image file of the case corresponding to the selection signal is not received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S119: No), the server 8 Return to step S109.
- step S120 the determination unit 833 determines whether the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is a change of the selected image.
- the server 8 proceeds to step S121 described later.
- the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is not a change of the selected image (step S120: No)
- the server 8 proceeds to step S122 described later.
- step S121 the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data group around the selected image selected according to the operation signal to the terminal device 7. Specifically, when the user slides the slide bar T2 of the average color bar T1 to a desired position via the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74, an operation signal instructing change of the selected image from the terminal device 7 is transmitted to the server. When 8 is received, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data group around the selected image selected according to the operation signal to the terminal device 7. After step S121, the server 8 proceeds to step S119.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of the image data group around the selected image transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 of the server 8.
- the horizontal axis indicates time.
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data of the image P j when the selected image selected according to the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 is the image P j (j: natural number).
- the image data of the image data of the image P j and the image data of the shooting time before and after the image data are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a constant ratio.
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data of the image P j to the terminal device 7 at a ratio that increases the number of image data with a new shooting time, for example, a ratio of 1: 9.
- an image P j shooting time one image data and the image P j from shooting time corresponding to the image P j-1 of the new nine older than Each image data in the images P j + 1 to P j + 9 is transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data corresponding to the image P j ⁇ 1 after transmitting the image data corresponding to the image P j + 1 .
- the image data of each of the images P j + 2 to P j + 10 is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- the image data group desired by the user can be transmitted, so that the image data before and after the photographing time in the image desired by the user can be quickly viewed.
- the transmission control unit 834 sends the image data of the image P j
- the image data of the shooting time may be around the photographing time of the image data of the image P j 1: 9 terminal in a ratio of 7
- This ratio can be changed as appropriate.
- the transmission control unit 834 changes from 1: 9 to 1: 4
- the transmission control unit 834 may be transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram schematically illustrating another example of the image data group around the selected image transmitted by the transmission control unit 834.
- the transmission order transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 is represented by numbers in parentheses.
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data group at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1, and then selects the image data group whose shooting time is before and after in the selected image corresponding to the position of the slide bar T2. Send. Subsequently, the transmission control unit 834 transmits a characteristic image data group. Specifically, as illustrated in FIG. 10, the transmission control unit 834 displays the image P 1 (1), the image P 11 (2), the image P 21 (3), and the image P at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1. After sequentially transmitting the image data of 31 (4) and image P 41 (5) ((a) in FIG. 10 ⁇ (b) in FIG.
- the transmission control unit 834 has a characteristic image P 26 (11), image P 29 (12), image P 21 (3), which has a new shooting time (future image) than the image P 21 (3) selected by the slide bar T2.
- the image data of the image P 35 (13) and the image P 38 (14) are sequentially transmitted.
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image with the shooting time of the image selected by the slide bar T2 around the terminal device 7 at a ratio of 1: 4.
- the ratio is 2: 3.
- the image data may be transmitted sequentially.
- the transmission control unit 834 may transmit image data whose shooting time is around to the terminal device 7 alternately.
- the transmission control unit 834 receives image data of an image whose shooting image is older than the shooting time of the image selected by the slide bar T2 among the images whose shooting times of the image selected by the slide bar T2 are around. If the image data has already been transmitted, the ratio of the image data having a new photographing time from the photographing time of the image selected by the slide bar T2 may be sequentially transmitted.
- step S122 the determination unit 833 determines whether the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is a change in the playback mode.
- the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is a change of the reproduction mode (step S122: Yes)
- the server 8 proceeds to step S123 described later.
- the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is not a change of the playback mode (step S122: No)
- step S124 described later.
- step S123 the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data group corresponding to the reproduction mode selected according to the operation signal to the terminal device 7. Specifically, when the user selects the feature image playback mode via the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits image data groups corresponding to the feature image playback mode to the terminal device 7. When the red mode is selected, the image data group corresponding to the red mode is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. After step S123, the server 8 proceeds to step S119.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of an image data group corresponding to the feature image playback mode transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the feature image playback mode is selected in the terminal device 7.
- the horizontal axis indicates time.
- the transmission control unit 834 when the feature image playback mode is selected by the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 has the characteristic image determined by the feature image determination unit 832 having a predetermined feature amount in the case image file.
- the image data group is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- the transmission control unit 834 includes the characteristic images P 1 , P 10 , and P 50 that are determined by the feature image determination unit 832 to have a predetermined feature amount in the case image file.
- the image data groups of the image P 53 , the image P 100 , the image P 121 , and the image P 200 are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. Thereby, the image data group in the feature image reproduction mode desired by the user can be promptly transmitted to the terminal device 7. As a result, the user can promptly interpret the case.
- FIG. 12 is a diagram schematically illustrating another example of the image data group corresponding to the feature image playback mode transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the feature image playback mode is selected in the terminal device 7.
- the transmission order transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 is represented by numbers in parentheses.
- the transmission control unit 834 has a feature close to an image at a position corresponding to the average color bar T1 (see FIG. 10B) when the feature image reproduction mode is selected by the terminal device 7.
- Priority image data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 with priority.
- the transmission control unit 834 has image data corresponding to characteristic images close to the image P 1 , the image P 11 , the image P 21 , the image P 31, and the image P 41 at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1.
- the image P 3 (1), the image P 12 (2), the image P 22 (3), the image P 31 (4), and the image P 43 (5) are sequentially transmitted and then transmitted.
- the image data of (6), image P 15 (7), image P 29 (8), image P 35 (9), image P 38 (10) and image P 47 (11) is transmitted to the terminal device 7. ((A) in FIG. 12 ⁇ (b) in FIG. 12).
- characteristic image data close to the image at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 it is possible to quickly read the case in the characteristic image reproduction mode without delay.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of an image data group corresponding to the red mode transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the red mode is selected by the terminal device 7.
- the horizontal axis indicates time.
- the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits the red image data group in the case image file to the terminal device 7. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 13, the transmission control unit 834 performs red image data for each of the red image P 1 , the image P 100 , the image P 200 , the image P 250 , and the image P 400 in the case image file. Are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. Thereby, the image data group of the red mode desired by the user can be promptly transmitted to the terminal device 7. As a result, the user can promptly interpret the case.
- step S124 when the user operates the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7, the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 through the network N100 is an instruction signal instructing frame advance of the image. (Step S124: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to Step S125 described later. On the other hand, when the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is not an instruction signal for instructing frame advance of an image (step S124: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S126 described later. .
- step S125 the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data to the terminal device 7 with priority given to the frame sending side.
- the server 8 proceeds to step S119.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of a frame advance image data group transmitted by the transmission control unit 834.
- FIG. 14 shows an example of frame advance image data transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the frame advance icon A111 is operated after the feature image reproduction mode is selected on the terminal device 7.
- the transmission order transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 is represented by numbers in parentheses.
- the transmission order, the ratio, and the number of transmissions transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 are merely examples, and can be changed as appropriate.
- the transmission control unit 834 has characteristic images P 3 (1) and P 12 (2) that are close to the image at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 (see FIG. 10B). ), The image P 22 (3), the image P 31 (4), and the image P 43 (5), and then the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 instructs the frame advance of the image.
- image data is received, image data necessary for frame advance is preferentially transmitted.
- the transmission control unit 834 uses the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) as a reference.
- the image P 26 (6), the image P 15 (7), the image P 29 (8), and the image P 35 are set so that the characteristic image data whose shooting time is before and after the image data are in a certain ratio, for example, a ratio of 1: 4.
- the image data of (9) and image P 38 (10) are transmitted to the terminal device 7 ((a) in FIG. 14 ⁇ (b) in FIG. 14).
- the transmission control unit 834 captures a newer image than the image P 22 (3) image capture time. Since there is a high possibility that the slide bar T2 is moved toward the time (forward direction) or the frame advance icon A111 is operated continuously, the shooting time is new based on the shooting time of the image P 22 (3). Increase the number of image data with a new shooting time based on the image P 22 (3) at a ratio that increases the number of image data, for example, a ratio of 1: 4, and prioritizes transmission of image data necessary for frame advance. To do.
- the transmission control unit 834 uses the image P 22 (3) as a reference and images P 23 (11), image P 24 (12), and image P 25 (13) of four frames (four frames) with new shooting times. ),
- the image data of the image P 27 (14) is preferentially transmitted to the terminal device 7, and the image data of one frame (one frame) whose shooting time is old from the image P 22 (3) is changed to other image data.
- the data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 with priority over the group ((b) in FIG. 14 ⁇ (c) in FIG. 14).
- the transmission control unit 834 displays an image older than the shooting time of the image P 22 (3).
- image data of, for example, may be transmitted to the image data of the image P 21.
- the server 8 can transmit image data required for frame advance without delay.
- the user can promptly interpret the case by frame-by-frame even in an interpretation workflow that frequently changes the browsing order of images.
- the transmission control unit 834 when the frame advance icon A111 is operated, the transmission control unit 834 has a characteristic image in which the shooting time varies around the shooting time of the image P 22 (3). Each of the data and the image data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a ratio of 1: 4. However, the ratio and the number of image data to be transmitted can be changed as appropriate. For example, the transmission control unit 834 sets the image data with the old shooting time and the new shooting time so that each piece of the image data whose shooting time is before and after the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) has a ratio of 2: 5. The number of data may be adjusted and transmitted to the terminal device 7. Further, in FIG.
- the transmission control unit 834 causes the image P 23 whose shooting time is adjacent to each other with the shooting time around and based on the shooting time of the image P 22 (3).
- the image data of (11), image P 24 (12), image P 25 (13), image P 27 (14), and image P 22 (3) have been transmitted.
- the image data to be performed or characteristic image data may be transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 performs each of the image P 23 (11), the image P 24 (12), the image P 25 (13), and the image P 27 (14).
- the image data is temporarily recorded in the temporary recording unit 753 of the terminal device 7.
- the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 again selects the frame advance again in the case file being interpreted, and when the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, the recorded time is the longest. You may make it delete sequentially from slow image data.
- the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 stores the average color bar T1.
- the image data corresponding to the position and the characteristic image data are not deleted, and the image data is deleted sequentially from the image data with the latest time.
- the image data corresponding to the time of the average color bar T1 and the characteristic image data are recorded in the temporary recording unit 753 of the terminal device 7, so that the server 8 Cases can be read quickly without downloading from the site.
- the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 can identify an image corresponding to the image data that the user has already interpreted based on the image data recorded in the temporary recording unit 753, for example, adding a mark, a character, or the like Then, it may be displayed on the display unit 72.
- the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 can display information indicating that the image has been read in the vicinity of the average color bar T1 so that an image corresponding to the image data that the user has already read can be identified, for example, a bar or mark May be displayed on the display unit 72.
- the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 may display an image corresponding to the image data that has already been interpreted by the user on the display unit 72 by highlighting or highlighting the image.
- step S126 when the user operates the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7, the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is an instruction signal instructing image frame return. (Step S126: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to Step S127 described later. On the other hand, when the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is not an instruction signal for instructing the frame return of the image (step S126: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S119 described later. .
- step S127 the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data to the terminal device 7 with priority given to the frame return side.
- the server 8 proceeds to step S119.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of a frame return image data group transmitted by the transmission control unit 834.
- FIG. 15 shows an example of frame return image data transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the frame return icon A112 is operated after the feature image playback mode is selected on the terminal device 7.
- the transmission order transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 is represented by numbers in parentheses. Further, in FIG. 15, in order to simplify the description, the transmission order, the ratio, and the number of transmissions transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 are merely examples, and can be changed as appropriate.
- the transmission control unit 834 has characteristic images P 3 (1) and P 12 (2) close to the image at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 (see FIG. 10B). ), The image P 22 (3), the image P 31 (4), and the image P 43 (5), and then the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 instructs the frame return of the image.
- image data is received, image data necessary for frame advance is preferentially transmitted.
- the transmission control unit 834 when the display unit 72 is displaying the image P 22 (3), if the frame return icon A112 is operated, based on the shooting time of the image P 22 (3)
- the image P 26 (6), the image P 15 (7), the image P 29 (8), and the image P 35 are set so that the characteristic image data whose shooting time is before and after the image data are in a certain ratio, for example, a ratio of 1: 4.
- the image data of (9) and image P 38 (10) are transmitted to the terminal device 7 ((a) in FIG. 15 ⁇ (b) in FIG. 15).
- the transmission control unit 834 captures an image that is older than the image P 22 (3).
- the ratio of transmitting the image data whose shooting time is before and after the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) is set to 1: 1, for example, compared with the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) as compared with the case of frame advance.
- the number of old image data is increased, and image data necessary for frame return is preferentially transmitted.
- the transmission control unit 834 displays two frames (2) of the image P 21 (11).
- Image The image data of each of the previous image P 20 (12) and image P 19 (13) is transmitted, and image P 22 (3) (already two frames after image P 21 (11)) (already The image data of the transmitted image data) and the image P 23 (14) are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 with priority over the other image data groups ((b) in FIG. 15 ⁇ (c) in FIG. 15).
- the server 8 can transmit the image data required for the frame return without delay.
- the user can promptly interpret the case by returning frames.
- the transmission control unit 834 when the frame return icon A112 is operated, the transmission control unit 834 has a characteristic image in which the shooting time varies around the shooting time of the image P 22 (3).
- Each of the data and the image data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a ratio of 1: 1, but this ratio and the number of image data to be transmitted can be changed as appropriate.
- the transmission control unit 834 sets the image data whose shooting time is before and after the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) so that the ratio of the image data is 3: 2, and the image with the new shooting time.
- the number of data may be adjusted and transmitted to the terminal device 7. Further, in FIG.
- the transmission control unit 834 causes the image P 21 whose shooting times are around and based on the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) and whose shooting times are adjacent to each other.
- the image data of (11), image P 20 (12), image P 19 (13), image P 23 (14), and image P 22 (3) has been transmitted.
- the image data to be performed or characteristic image data may be transmitted to the terminal device 7.
- step S103 the server 8 proceeds to step S128.
- the server 8 ends this process.
- the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 may not delete the case image data recorded in the temporary recording unit 753 from the temporary recording unit 753.
- the terminal device 7 and the server 8 The case can be read by causing the display control unit 761 to display the image data group of the case recorded in the temporary recording unit 753 on the display unit 72 without performing communication between them. As a result, it is possible to reproduce and display the image data group of the case to be interpreted without delay, and to suppress the communication cost.
- the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 since the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 has a limited data capacity that can be recorded by the temporary recording unit 753, when the user selects many cases, the image data group of all cases is temporarily recorded by the temporary recording unit 753. Therefore, when the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, it may be deleted sequentially from the image data with the latest recorded time. In this case, the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 supplies power to the terminal device 7 when image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar T1 and characteristic image data are temporarily recorded in the temporary recording unit 753. The image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar T1 and the characteristic image data are not deleted until a certain timing, such as when the application is turned off or the application for image interpretation is restarted.
- the image data used for frame advance is sequentially deleted.
- the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 prioritizes and weights for each case, for example, weights in the new order downloaded from the server 8, and if the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, the priority or weighting is performed.
- the image data and the characteristic image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar T1 of the case with a low value may be deleted from the temporary recording unit 753.
- step S128 when the instruction signal for instructing logout is not input from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S128: No), the server 8 returns to step S103 described above.
- the server 8 determines the content of the operation signal transmitted from the terminal device 7 by the determination unit 833 via the network N100, and the transmission control unit 834 displays the determination result of the determination unit 833. Based on this, the image data group in the image file of the case selected by the terminal device 7 is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 in an optimal order. Thereby, the display delay of the image data group of the image file of the case selected by the user can be suppressed according to the user's interpretation workflow.
- the transmission control unit 834 when the transmission control unit 834 receives a request signal for requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit 82 from the terminal device 7, Based on the interpretation workflow set in the terminal device 7 and the operation signal received by the terminal device 7, the image data group in the optimal transmission order for browsing the image displayed by the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7. Are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7, so that even if a large amount of image data is downloaded via a low-speed line with an unstable communication speed, the capsule type is used in the order of transmission in consideration of the doctor's interpretation workflow. Since the image data group captured by the endoscope can be transmitted, the image data group of the case to be interpreted can be reproduced and displayed without delay, and the communication cost can be reduced. Door can be.
- the transmission control unit 834 when no operation signal is received from the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 is generated according to a certain rule in the image data group according to an interpretation workflow executed by the user.
- image data necessary or important for interpretation of the case is preferentially transmitted when viewing the entire image data group while looking down on the entire image data group. Even when an interpretation workflow for browsing data groups discontinuously and quickly is performed, a user such as a doctor can browse without delay.
- the transmission control unit 834 preferentially selects the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 among the plurality of image data compared to the other image data. Therefore, even in an interpretation workflow that frequently changes the image viewing order, a user such as a doctor can browse without delay, so that the interpretation work can be performed efficiently.
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 to the terminal device 7, and then the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1.
- a predetermined number of pieces of next image data whose shooting time is newer than the shooting time are transmitted to the terminal device 7, or image data that is around the shooting time of the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 at a predetermined ratio. 7, even an interpretation workflow that frequently changes the browsing order of images can be viewed without delay by a user such as a doctor, so that the interpretation work can be performed efficiently.
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 to the terminal device 7, the feature having a predetermined feature amount in the image data group.
- Image data is sequentially transmitted
- red image data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 after transmitting the characteristic image data. Therefore, the terminal device 7 changes the playback mode from the normal mode to the characteristic image playback mode or the red mode. Even when switched to, the image can be reproduced and displayed without delay, so that the interpretation work can be performed efficiently.
- the transmission control unit 834 when the transmission control unit 834 receives a selection signal for selecting predetermined image data from the image data group from the terminal device 7, the image data corresponding to the selection signal is transmitted.
- the image data and the two image data whose shooting times are before and after are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7, even when browsing the images by frame advance, they can be reproduced and displayed without delay. .
- the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data corresponding to the selection signal and the image data at positions that are temporally changed, the image data corresponding to the selection signal
- An image interpretation workflow that frequently changes the image browsing order because image data having a new photographing time is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a constant ratio from the image data having a photographing time later than the image data of the two image data.
- a user such as a doctor can efficiently perform the interpretation work.
- the image data groups in the case image file are sequentially selected from the image data having the oldest imaging time.
- the determination unit 833 sequentially determines the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 and the interpretation workflow performed by the user, and the transmission control unit 834 next requires the user according to the determination result of the determination unit 833.
- the transmission control unit 834 receives the operation signal from the terminal device 7 after transmitting the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 of the case selected by the terminal device 7. If not, the next image data that is newer than the shooting time in the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 in the group of image data of the case is transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a certain ratio. Although the image data group and the red image data group have been transmitted, the order of transmitting the image data group can be changed as appropriate. For example, when there is an access from the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 interprets the user in the past based on the identification information of the terminal device 7 transmitted from the terminal device 7 or the user information of the terminal device 7.
- the order of the image data group transmitted to the terminal device 7 is changed according to the history of cases performed, the operation history of the user performed on the terminal device 7 or the interpretation workflow, or the transmission order is skipped, the data is transmitted to the terminal device 7. Good.
- the order of the image data group that the transmission control unit 834 transmits to the terminal device 7 can be changed as appropriate by the user operating the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7.
- the order of the image data group that the transmission control unit 834 transmits to the terminal device 7 is preferentially transmitted over the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 as compared to the other image data, regardless of the reproduction mode.
- the characteristic image data whose amount of change is larger than other characteristic image data in the characteristic image data group, or when there is captured image data this captured image data is transmitted.
- various variations such as transmitting the captured image data at the shooting time and the image data before and after the image data at a certain ratio or number. It can be changed as appropriate by operating the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the device 7, It may be changed as appropriate based on the created operation history and the like.
- FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an overview of display processing of the actual playback frame rate executed by the server 8.
- the actual playback frame rate calculation unit 835 transmits an instruction signal requesting each of image display number information and set frame rate information for a predetermined time (for example, 1 second) to the terminal device 7 ( Step S201).
- the terminal device 7 transmits to the server 8 each of the image display number information and the set frame rate information regarding the display number of images displayed on the display unit 72 at a predetermined time (for example, 1 second).
- step S202: Yes when the image display number information and the set frame rate information are received from the terminal device 7 (step S202: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S203 described later. On the other hand, when the image display number information and the set frame rate information are not received from the terminal device 7 (step S202: No), the server 8 returns to step S201 described above.
- step S203 the actual playback frame rate calculation unit 835 receives the actual playback speed information related to the number of images actually displayed by the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7 received from the terminal device 7 for a predetermined time (for example, 1 second). 7 (step S203).
- the terminal device 7 displays, for example, 29.5 fps in the display area A4 at the actual reproduction speed of the interpretation screen B2 displayed on the display unit 72 by the display control unit 761, as shown in FIG.
- the user can intuitively grasp the communication state and display mode of the terminal device 7 by comparing the set frame rate (30 fps) and the frame rate (29.5 fps) of the actual playback speed.
- step S204: Yes when a predetermined time (for example, 1 second) has elapsed (step S204: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S205 described later. On the other hand, when the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S204: No), the server 8 continues this determination until the predetermined time has elapsed.
- a predetermined time for example, 1 second
- step S205: Yes Thereafter, when an instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case is received from the terminal device 7 (step S205: Yes), the server 8 ends this process. On the other hand, when the instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case is not received from the terminal device 7 (step S205: No), the server 8 returns to step S201.
- the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 parallels the frame of the actual playback speed received from the server 8 and the set frame rate.
- the information is displayed on the interpretation screen B2 of the display unit 72.
- FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an outline of a communication speed calculation process executed by the server 8.
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits an instruction signal requesting setting information regarding the playback frame rate to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S301).
- step S302: Yes when the setting information is received from the terminal device 7 (step S302: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S303 described later.
- step S302: No when setting information is not received from the terminal device 7 (step S302: No), the server 8 returns to step S301 mentioned above.
- step S303 the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits a certain amount of data to the terminal device 7 via the network N100. Specifically, the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits a dummy data amount corresponding to a predetermined frame rate, for example, 30 fps, to the terminal device 7. In this case, the terminal device 7 measures the time from the time when the first data is received from the server 8 to the time when the last data is received.
- a predetermined frame rate for example, 30 fps
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits to the terminal device 7 an instruction signal requesting data acquisition time information regarding the data acquisition time when all the data transmitted in step S303 is received via the network N100 (step S304). .
- the terminal device 7 receives the instruction signal via the network N100, the time from the time when the first data is received from the server 8 to the time when the last data is received is sent to the server 8 as data acquisition time information. Send.
- step S305: Yes the server 8 proceeds to step S306 described later.
- step S305: No the server 8 returns to step S304.
- step S306 the communication speed calculation unit 836 calculates communication speed information at the time of interpretation based on the setting information received in step S302 and the data acquisition time information received in step S305.
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits the communication speed information calculated in step S306 to the terminal device 7 (step S307).
- the terminal device 7 changes the display mode (indicator display) of the communication status icon W3 based on the communication speed information received by the display control unit 761 from the server 8, and causes the display unit 72 to display the change (for example, FIG. 5). See).
- the user can intuitively grasp the communication status of the terminal device 7 before downloading the case image data group from the server 8.
- the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 displays a warning on the display unit 72 indicating that the predetermined communication speed is not satisfied. It may be displayed.
- step S308: Yes the server 8 ends this process.
- step S308: No the server 8 returns to step S301 described above.
- the server 8 determines that the communication speed calculation unit 836 has to download the image data group of a desired case from the server 8 to the terminal device 7. Since the communication speed of the terminal device 7 is calculated based on the setting information and the data acquisition time information and this communication speed is transmitted to the terminal device 7, the user can download the case image data group from the server 8.
- the communication status of the terminal device 7 can be intuitively grasped.
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above. Thereby, the user can grasp
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above at a timing set by the user in the terminal device 7, for example, every minute.
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above at a predetermined timing, for example, every minute.
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 displays the communication line of the terminal device 7 when the screen of the image displayed on the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7 is switched (when redrawing), when the radio wave intensity of the terminal device 7 is changed. May be performed (for example, when switching from LTE to 3G or when switching from Wi-Fi to LTE), the communication speed calculation process described above may be performed.
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above based on the timing set by the user via the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7.
- the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above when the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7 displays the case list screen B1.
- the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 instructs that various operations are instructed when the touch panel 73 is touched or the operation input unit 74 until the communication speed calculation unit 836 finishes the communication speed calculation process described above. Even when a signal is input, the case list screen B1 is fixed (not transitioned).
- the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 instructs the operation input unit 74 to perform various operations when the touch panel 73 is touched.
- the communication control unit 762 of the terminal device 7 may reduce the size of the image data downloaded from the server 8. Thereby, although lacking in smoothness, the user can read a case for interpretation.
- FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing an overview of display processing for displaying the total amount of data downloaded from the server 8 executed by the terminal device 7.
- step S401 when a user receives case list image data from the server 8 by operating the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 and accessing the server 8 via the network N100 (step S401: Yes).
- the display control unit 761 displays the case list screen B1 (see FIG. 5) corresponding to the case list image data on the display unit 72 (step S402).
- the total data amount calculation unit 764 adds the download amount for each image file of the case received from the server 8 for each case and records it in the temporary recording unit 753 (step S404).
- step S405 Yes
- the display control unit 761 displays the case list screen B1.
- the total download amount for each case is updated and displayed on the display unit 72 (step S406). Thereby, the user can grasp
- step S401 when the case list image data is not received from the server 8 (step S401: No), the terminal device 7 continues this determination.
- step S403 when the image data group in the image file of the case selected by the user is not received from the server 8 (step S403: No), the terminal device 7 proceeds to step S407.
- step S407: Yes when the logout icon W8 is operated by the user operating the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 (step S407: Yes), the terminal device 7 ends this process. On the other hand, when the logout icon W8 is not operated (step S407: No), the terminal device 7 returns to step S402.
- step S405 when the instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case is not received from the terminal device 7 (step S405: No), the terminal device 7 returns to step S402.
- the total data amount calculation unit 764 calculates the download amount for each case downloaded when the interpretation is performed by the user, and the display control unit 761 calculates the download amount for each case calculated by the total data amount calculation unit 764. Is displayed for each case on the case list screen B1, the user can intuitively grasp the download amount for each case.
- the total data amount calculation unit 764 may automatically reset the total data amount every month.
- the display control unit 761 displays the data amount in GB.
- the data amount may be converted into a packet amount and displayed on the display unit 72.
- the display control unit 761 may display the packet amount on the display unit 72 at the location where the data amount is displayed in GB in the above-described embodiment.
- the display control unit 761 may convert the above-described packet amount into a communication cost (money) and display it on the display unit 72 according to the operation of the operation input unit 74 by the user.
- the display control unit 761 displays a warning on the display unit 72 or the display unit 72 displays the packet amount.
- the color or icon of the image to be displayed may be changed and displayed.
- the communication control unit 762 may prohibit communication by the communication unit 71 when the above-described packet amount exceeds the upper limit of the monthly packet amount set by a communication company or a contract.
- FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an outline of data reduction processing performed by the server 8 on the image data group transmitted from the inspection information management apparatus 6.
- step S501: Yes when the image data group is received from the inspection information management apparatus 6 via the network N100 (step S501: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S502 described later. On the other hand, when the image data group has not been received from the examination information management device 6 via the network N100 (step S501: No), the server 8 ends this process.
- step S502 If it is determined in step S502 that the feature image determination unit 832 is red image data (step S502: Yes), the red image data is recorded in the image data recording unit 822 (step S503).
- step S504: Yes the server 8 ends this process.
- step S504: No the server 8 returns to step S502 described above.
- step S502 when the feature image determination unit 832 determines that the image data is not red image data (step S502: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S505 described later.
- step S505 determines that the image data is duplicated image data
- step S506 deletes it from the image data group received from the inspection information management device 6 (step S506). After step S506, the server 8 proceeds to step S504. On the other hand, when the feature image determination unit 832 determines that the image data is not duplicated image data (step S505: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S503.
- FIG. 20 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of an image recorded in the recording unit 82 based on the determination of the feature image determination unit 832.
- the horizontal axis indicates time.
- the feature image determination unit 832 includes the image P 1 , the image P 4 , the image P 6 , the image P 9, and the other images that do not overlap the image data group received from the inspection information management device 6 .
- Each image data of the image P 7 and the image P 10 is recorded in the image data recording unit 822. Thereby, the recording capacity of the recording unit 82 can be used efficiently.
- the server 8 can efficiently use the recording capacity of the image data recording unit 822 by deleting the duplicate image data from the image data group received from the inspection information management device 6, and the terminal device.
- the image data group of the case selected to 7 is transmitted to the terminal device 7, the total data amount of the image data group is reduced, so that the communication amount of the terminal device 7 can be suppressed.
- the feature image determination unit 832 performs, with respect to the image data group received from the examination information management device 6, images at positions corresponding to the average color bar T1, for example, image P 1 and image P 4. Only the image data of the images P 7 and P 10 may be recorded in the image data recording unit 822.
- the terminal device 7 may transmit the image data group recorded in the image data recording unit 752 to the server 8 by wireless transmission (upload).
- the communication cost of the terminal device 7 becomes great.
- FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating an outline of the data reduction process executed by the terminal device 7.
- step S601 when a case image data group to be uploaded to the server 8 via the network N100 is selected (step S601: Yes), when the current image data is red image data (step S602). : Yes), the communication control unit 762 transmits the current image data to the server 8 (step S603).
- step S604: Yes the terminal device 7 ends the process.
- step S604: No the terminal device 7 returns to step S602.
- step S602 when the current image data is not red image data (step S602: No), the terminal device 7 proceeds to step S605.
- step S605: Yes when the current image data is duplicate image data (step S605: Yes), the terminal device 7 proceeds to step S604. On the other hand, when the current image data is not a duplicate image (step S605: No), the terminal device 7 proceeds to step S603.
- step S601 when the image data group of the case to be uploaded to the server 8 via the network N100 is not selected (step S601: No), the terminal device 7 ends this process.
- the terminal device 7 deletes duplicate image data from the image data group and transmits the image data group to the server 8 by wireless communication, the total amount of data in the image data group is reduced. Can be reduced.
- a server that distributes video to a mobile phone, a smartphone, or the like via a network, a network attached storage, a video camera, an endoscope
- the present invention can also be applied to devices such as an imaging device capable of bidirectional communication with a network through an optical device such as a surveillance camera or a microscope.
- the terminal device downloads the image data group from one server.
- the present invention can also be applied to the case of downloading the image data group from a plurality of servers.
- each processing method by the terminal device and the server in the above-described embodiment can be stored as a program that can be executed by a control unit such as a CPU.
- a control unit such as a CPU
- it can be stored and distributed in a storage medium of an external storage device such as a memory card (ROM card, RAM card, etc.), magnetic disk, optical disk (CD-ROM, DVD, etc.), semiconductor memory, or the like.
- a control unit such as a CPU reads the program stored in the storage medium of the external storage device, and the operation described above can be executed by the operation being controlled by the read program.
- the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments and modifications as they are, and in the implementation stage, the constituent elements can be modified and embodied without departing from the spirit of the invention.
- Various inventions can be formed by appropriately combining a plurality of constituent elements disclosed in the above-described embodiments. For example, some constituent elements may be deleted from all the constituent elements described in the above-described embodiments and modifications. Furthermore, you may combine suitably the component demonstrated in each Example and the modification.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Endoscopes (AREA)
Abstract
Provided are a server, an endoscopic system, a transmission method and a program which allow image data groups captured by a capsule endoscope to be transmitted in a transmission order determined considering a doctor's reading workflow. The server 8 is provided with: a storage unit 82 for storing a plurality of image data groups of a plurality of cases; and a transmission control unit 834 that, when receiving a selection signal for selecting an image data group of any one case of the plurality of cases stored in the storage unit 82 from a terminal device, determines the order of transmission of images for viewing to be displayed on a display unit of the terminal device on the basis of a user's reading workflow and the input operation signal received by the terminal device and sequentially transmits the image groups to the terminal device.
Description
本発明は、ネットワークを介して被検体内に導入されたカプセル型内視鏡が撮像して生成した被検体内の画像データ群を外部の端末装置へ送信するサーバ、内視鏡システム、送信方法およびプログラムに関する。
The present invention relates to a server, an endoscope system, and a transmission method for transmitting an image data group in a subject generated by imaging by a capsule endoscope introduced into the subject via a network to an external terminal device. And program.
従来、内視鏡の分野においては、被検体内に導入されて被検体内を撮像するカプセル型内視鏡を用いた検査が知られている。カプセル型内視鏡は、被検体の消化管内に導入可能な大きさに形成されたカプセル形状の筐体内に撮像機能や無線通信機能等を内蔵させた装置であり、被検体の口から飲み込まれた後、蠕動運動等により消化管内を移動しつつ撮像を行って画像データを生成する。生成された画像データは、カプセル型内視鏡から被検体外に順次、無線送信される。
Conventionally, in the field of endoscopes, examination using a capsule endoscope that is introduced into a subject and images the inside of the subject is known. A capsule endoscope is a device that incorporates an imaging function, wireless communication function, etc. in a capsule-shaped casing that is sized to be introduced into the digestive tract of a subject, and is swallowed from the mouth of the subject. After that, image data is generated by performing imaging while moving in the digestive tract by peristaltic motion or the like. The generated image data is wirelessly transmitted sequentially from the capsule endoscope to the outside of the subject.
カプセル型内視鏡から無線送信された画像データは、被検体外に設けられた受信装置により受信され、内蔵メモリや可搬型メモリに蓄積される。検査終了後、メモリに蓄積された画像データは、ワークステーション等の情報管理装置に転送(ダウンロード)され、所定の画像処理が施される。医療従事者は、このようにして生成された画像を観察することにより被検体の診断を行う。
The image data wirelessly transmitted from the capsule endoscope is received by a receiving device provided outside the subject and stored in a built-in memory or a portable memory. After the inspection is completed, the image data stored in the memory is transferred (downloaded) to an information management apparatus such as a workstation and subjected to predetermined image processing. The medical staff diagnoses the subject by observing the image thus generated.
一方、近年においては、画像データや検査情報等の医療情報を管理するネットワークシステムの構築が進められている。このようなネットワークシステムに対して、ネットワークを介して医療画像を含む種々の医療情報を送受信することによって、例えば医療画像を1つの施設で集中管理したり、検査を実施した施設と異なる施設に常駐する専門の医師が医療画像を診断したりといった様々な試みがなされている。
On the other hand, in recent years, the construction of a network system for managing medical information such as image data and examination information has been promoted. By sending and receiving various types of medical information including medical images to such a network system, for example, centralized management of medical images at one facility or resides in a facility different from the facility where the examination was performed Various attempts have been made such as medical doctors diagnosing medical images.
例えば、CTおよびMRIの各々で撮影された画像群を記録するサーバと、該サーバと通信可能に接続され、サーバから送信された画像を表示する端末装置と、を備えた画像転送システムが知られている(特許文献1参照)。この技術では、CTで撮影された第1の画像群とMRIで撮影された第2の画像群とを比較しながら診断する場合において、端末装置がCTで撮影された第1の画像群を表示しているとき、サーバが端末装置で表示中の画像に基づいて第2の画像群の画像転送順を決定し、この決定した画像転送順で第2の画像群を端末装置に順次送信する。
For example, an image transfer system is known that includes a server that records a group of images taken by CT and MRI, and a terminal device that is communicably connected to the server and displays an image transmitted from the server. (See Patent Document 1). In this technique, when making a diagnosis while comparing the first image group captured by CT and the second image group captured by MRI, the terminal device displays the first image group captured by CT. Then, the server determines the image transfer order of the second image group based on the image being displayed on the terminal device, and sequentially transmits the second image group to the terminal device in the determined image transfer order.
ところで、上述した従来のカプセル型内視鏡で撮影された画像データ群を管理するネットワークシステムでは、サーバが端末装置側で指定されたファイルに対応する画像データ群を端末装置へ撮影順に送信していた。このため、上述した従来技術のネットワークシステムでは、検査を実施した施設と異なる施設に常駐する専門の医師がカプセル型内視鏡で撮影された画像を用いて患者を診断する場合、この医師に対する最適な読影ワークフローを考慮した画像の送信を行っているとは限らず、医師が指定した画像データ群の全てが端末装置にダウンロードされるまで患者の読影を行うことができない場合があった。
By the way, in the network system that manages the image data group photographed by the above-described conventional capsule endoscope, the server transmits the image data group corresponding to the file designated on the terminal device side to the terminal device in the photographing order. It was. For this reason, in the above-described network system of the prior art, when a specialist doctor residing in a facility different from the facility where the examination was performed diagnoses a patient using an image taken with a capsule endoscope, the optimal network for this doctor is used. However, it is not always possible to transmit an image in consideration of a correct interpretation workflow, and there is a case where a patient cannot be interpreted until all of the image data group designated by the doctor is downloaded to the terminal device.
また、近年、携帯可能な端末装置が普及しているが、これらの端末装置では、通信量の制限があるため、全ての画像データをサーバ等から大量にダウンロードする場合、直ぐに通信量が制限を超えてしまう場合があり、ユーザは、通信量を気にしながらダウンロードを行わなければならなかった。
In recent years, portable terminal devices have become widespread. However, since these terminal devices have a limited amount of communication, when all image data is downloaded in large quantities from a server or the like, the amount of communication is immediately limited. The user may have to download while paying attention to the traffic.
本発明は、上記に鑑みてなされたものであって、通信量を意識することなく、医師の読影ワークフローを考慮した伝送順で、カプセル型内視鏡が撮影した画像データ群を送信することができるサーバ、内視鏡システム、送信方法およびプログラムを提供することを目的とする。
The present invention has been made in view of the above, and it is possible to transmit a group of image data captured by a capsule endoscope in the order of transmission in consideration of a doctor's interpretation workflow without being aware of the communication amount. An object of the present invention is to provide a server, an endoscope system, a transmission method, and a program.
上述した課題を解決し、目的を達成するために、本発明に係るサーバは、画像を表示可能な表示部と、各種操作を指示する操作信号の入力を受け付け可能な操作入力部と、を備えた端末装置に対して、ネットワークを介して双方向に通信可能なサーバであって、複数の被検体の各々を撮影することによって時間的に連続する複数の画像データから構成された画像データ群を複数記録する記録部と、前記記録部が記録する複数の前記画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を前記端末装置から受信した場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、前記表示部によって表示される画像を閲覧するための最適な送信順で前記画像データ群を前記端末装置へ順次送信する送信制御部と、を備えたことを特徴とする。
In order to solve the above-described problems and achieve the object, a server according to the present invention includes a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals instructing various operations. An image data group composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data by imaging each of a plurality of subjects, which is a server capable of bidirectional communication with a terminal device via a network. When a request signal for requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of recording units and a plurality of the image data groups recorded by the recording unit is received from the terminal device, an interpretation workflow executed by a user and the terminal device The image data group is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device in an optimal transmission order for viewing the image displayed by the display unit based on the operation signal that has received the input. A signal control unit, characterized by comprising a.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記端末装置から前記操作信号を受信していない場合、前記読影ワークフローに従って、前記画像データ群のうち一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする。
The server according to the present invention is the server according to the present invention, wherein the transmission control unit is generated according to a certain rule in the image data group according to the interpretation workflow when the operation signal is not received from the terminal device. The received image data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記一定の規則は、所定の時間間隔、画像データを撮像した撮影間隔、所定の枚数間隔および前記画像データ群の含まれる複数の特徴的な画像データにおける所定の枚数間隔のいずれか一つ以上であることを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention as set forth in the invention described above, the predetermined rule includes a plurality of characteristic images including a predetermined time interval, a shooting interval at which image data is captured, a predetermined number interval, and the image data group. It is any one or more of predetermined intervals in the data.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記端末装置へ送信する前記一定の規則に従って生成された画像データは、前記被検体を俯瞰的に観察するために生成された平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データであることを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention, the image data generated according to the certain rule transmitted to the terminal device corresponds to an average color bar generated for a bird's-eye view of the subject. It is the image data of the position to perform.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データを前記端末装置へ送信した後に、前記平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データにおける撮影時刻より撮影時刻が新しい次の画像データを所定の数だけ前記端末装置へ送信する、または前記平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データの撮影時刻に前後する画像データを所定の数だけ前記端末装置へ送信することを特徴とする。
The server according to the present invention is the server according to the above invention, wherein the transmission control unit transmits image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar to the terminal device, and then image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar. A predetermined number of the next image data having a shooting time that is newer than the shooting time in the image data is transmitted to the terminal device, or a predetermined number of image data preceding and following the shooting time of the image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar It transmits to a terminal device, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを前記端末装置へ送信した後に、前記画像データ群のうち所定の特徴量を有する特徴的な画像データを前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention, in the above invention, the transmission control unit has a predetermined feature amount in the image data group after transmitting the image data generated according to the certain rule to the terminal device. Characteristic image data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを前記端末装置へ送信した後に、前記画像データ群のうち赤色を含む画像データを前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention, the transmission control unit transmits image data including red in the image data group after transmitting the image data generated according to the certain rule to the terminal device. It transmits to the said terminal device sequentially, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記画像データ群のうち所定の画像データを選択する選択信号を前記操作信号として前記端末装置から受信した場合、前記選択信号に応じた画像データを送信するとともに、該画像データの撮影時刻と前後する撮影時刻の画像データを一定の比率で前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention, in the above invention, when the transmission control unit receives a selection signal for selecting predetermined image data from the image data group as the operation signal, the selection signal The image data corresponding to the image data is transmitted, and the image data of the image data taken before and after the image data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device at a constant ratio.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記選択信号に応じた画像データの撮影時刻より新しい撮影時刻の画像データを、前記選択信号に応じた画像データの撮影時刻より古い撮影時刻の画像データより多く前記端末装置へ送信することを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention as set forth in the invention described above, the transmission control unit may obtain image data having a shooting time that is newer than the shooting time of the image data corresponding to the selection signal, and a shooting time of the image data corresponding to the selection signal. More than the image data of the older photographing time is transmitted to the terminal device.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記画像データ群のうち特定の条件を満たす画像データを再生する特殊再生モードを指示する指示信号を前記操作信号として前記端末装置から受信した場合、前記画像データ群のうち前記特殊再生モードに応じて抽出された画像データを前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention as set forth in the invention described above, the transmission control unit uses the instruction signal instructing a special reproduction mode for reproducing image data satisfying a specific condition in the image data group as the operation signal. When received from a device, the image data extracted from the image data group according to the special reproduction mode is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記特殊再生モードに応じて抽出された画像データは、前記画像データ群のうち所定の特徴量を有する特徴的な画像データであり、前記送信制御部は、前記被検体を俯瞰的に観察するために生成された平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データの撮影時刻と近い前記特徴的な画像データを順次送信することを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention as set forth in the invention described above, the image data extracted according to the special playback mode is characteristic image data having a predetermined feature amount in the image data group, and the transmission control The unit sequentially transmits the characteristic image data close to the imaging time of the image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar generated to observe the subject from a bird's-eye view.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記表示部が当該サーバから送信された画像データに対応する読影画像を表示している際にコマ送りを指示するコマ送り信号を前記操作信号として前記端末装置から受信した場合、前記読影画像と撮影時刻が前後する2つの画像データをそれぞれ送信するとともに、前記読影画像と前記2つの画像データのうち撮影時刻が後の画像データより撮影時刻が新しい画像データを所定の数だけ前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention, in the above invention, the transmission control unit instructs the frame advance when the display unit displays an interpretation image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server. When a signal is received from the terminal device as the operation signal, the interpretation image and two image data whose shooting times are before and after are transmitted, respectively, and an image with the shooting time later of the interpretation image and the two image data is transmitted. A predetermined number of image data whose photographing time is newer than the data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記送信制御部は、前記表示部が当該サーバから送信された画像データに対応する読影画像を表示している際にコマ戻りを指示するコマ戻り信号を前記操作信号として前記端末装置から受信した場合、前記読影画像と撮影時刻が前後する2つの画像データをそれぞれ送信するとともに、前記読影画像と前記2つの画像データのうち撮影時刻が前の画像データより撮影時刻が古い画像データを所定の数だけ前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention as set forth in the invention described above, the transmission control unit instructs the frame return to instruct frame return when the display unit displays an interpretation image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server. When a signal is received from the terminal device as the operation signal, the interpretation image and two image data whose shooting times are before and after are transmitted, respectively, and the image with the previous shooting time of the interpretation image and the two image data is transmitted. A predetermined number of image data whose shooting time is older than the data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
また、本発明に係るサーバは、上記発明において、前記画像データ群は、被検体に導入され、該被検体の体内を連続的に撮像するカプセル型内視鏡によって生成されたものであることを特徴とする。
In the server according to the present invention, in the above invention, the image data group is generated by a capsule endoscope that is introduced into a subject and continuously images the inside of the subject. Features.
また、本発明に係る内視鏡システムは、被検体に導入され、該被検体の体内を連続的に撮像して時間的に連続する複数の画像データで構成された画像データ群を生成するカプセル型内視鏡と、ネットワークを介して前記カプセル型内視鏡が生成した前記画像データ群を外部へ送信する検査情報管理装置と、前記ネットワークを介して前記画像データ群を受信するサーバと、前記ネットワークを介して前記サーバと双方向に通信可能な端末装置と、を備えた内視鏡システムであって、前記端末装置は、画像を表示可能な表示部と、各種操作を指示する操作信号の入力を受け付け可能な操作入力部と、を備え、前記サーバは、複数の被検体の各々を撮影することによって時間的に連続する複数の画像データから構成された画像データ群を複数記録する記録部と、前記記録部が記録する複数の前記画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を前記端末装置から受信した場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、前記表示部によって表示される画像を閲覧するための送信順を決定して前記画像データ群を前記端末装置へ順次送信する送信制御部と、を備えたことを特徴とする。
An endoscope system according to the present invention is a capsule that is introduced into a subject, continuously captures the inside of the subject, and generates an image data group composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data. A mold endoscope, an inspection information management device that transmits the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope to the outside via a network, a server that receives the image data group via the network, and An endoscope system comprising a terminal device capable of bidirectional communication with the server via a network, wherein the terminal device includes a display unit capable of displaying an image and operation signals for instructing various operations. An operation input unit capable of receiving an input, wherein the server records a plurality of image data groups composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data by imaging each of the plurality of subjects. And when receiving a request signal requesting transmission of any one of the plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit from the terminal device, an interpretation workflow performed by the user and the terminal device input A transmission control unit that determines a transmission order for viewing images displayed by the display unit based on the received operation signal and sequentially transmits the image data group to the terminal device; It is characterized by.
また、本発明に係る送信方法は、画像を表示可能な表示部と、各種操作を指示する操作信号の入力を受け付け可能な操作入力部と、を備えた端末装置に対して、ネットワークを介して双方向に通信可能なサーバが実行する送信方法であって、前記端末装置から記録部が記録する複数の画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を受信した場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、前記表示部によって表示される画像を閲覧するための送信順を決定して前記画像データ群を前記端末装置へ順次送信する送信制御ステップを含むことを特徴とする。
In addition, a transmission method according to the present invention provides a terminal device including a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals instructing various operations via a network. A transmission method executed by a bi-directionally communicable server, which is implemented by a user when receiving a request signal requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit from the terminal device Based on the interpretation workflow and the operation signal received by the terminal device, a transmission order for browsing the images displayed by the display unit is determined, and the image data group is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device. A transmission control step is included.
また、本発明に係るプログラムは、画像を表示可能な表示部と、各種操作を指示する操作信号の入力を受け付け可能な操作入力部と、を備えた端末装置に対して、ネットワークを介して双方向に通信可能なサーバに、前記端末装置から記録部が記録する複数の画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を受信した場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、前記表示部によって表示される画像を閲覧するための送信順を決定して前記画像データ群を前記端末装置へ順次送信する送信制御ステップを実行させることを特徴とする。
In addition, the program according to the present invention provides a terminal device including a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals for instructing various operations via a network. When a request signal requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit is received from the terminal device to a server that can communicate with the terminal device, the interpretation workflow executed by the user and the terminal device input A transmission control step of determining a transmission order for browsing the images displayed by the display unit and transmitting the image data group sequentially to the terminal device based on the operation signal received. Features.
本発明によれば、医師の読影ワークフローを考慮した伝送順で、カプセル型内視鏡が撮影した画像データ群を送信することができるという効果を奏する。
According to the present invention, it is possible to transmit an image data group captured by a capsule endoscope in a transmission order in consideration of a doctor's interpretation workflow.
以下、本発明の実施の形態に係る内視鏡システムについて、図面を参照しながら説明する。なお、以下の実施の形態により本発明が限定されるものではない。また、各図面の記載において、同一部分には同一の符号を付して示している。
Hereinafter, an endoscope system according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, this invention is not limited by the following embodiment. Moreover, in description of each drawing, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected and shown to the same part.
〔内視鏡システムの構成〕
図1は、本発明の一実施の形態に係る内視鏡システムの概略構成を示す模式図である。図1に示す内視鏡システム1は、被検体2内に導入され、被検体2内を撮影することにより画像データを生成し、無線信号に重畳して送信するカプセル型内視鏡3と、カプセル型内視鏡3から送信された無線信号を、被検体2に装着された受信アンテナユニット4を介して受信する受信装置5と、被検体2に対して実施される検査に関する検査情報および検査結果である画像データを管理するとともに、画像データに画像処理を行って画像データに対応する画像を表示する検査情報管理装置6(ワークステーション)と、ネットワークN100を介して外部から検査情報および画像データを取得する端末装置7と、ネットワークN100を介して検査情報管理装置6から送信された検査情報および画像データを記録するとともに、端末装置7から要求された検査情報および画像データを送信するサーバ8と、を備える。検査情報管理装置6、端末装置7およびサーバ8は、ネットワークN100を介して双方向に通信可能に無線または有線によって接続される。 [Configuration of endoscope system]
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of an endoscope system according to an embodiment of the present invention. Anendoscope system 1 shown in FIG. 1 is introduced into a subject 2, generates image data by photographing the inside of the subject 2, and superimposes and transmits the image data on a radio signal. A receiving device 5 that receives a radio signal transmitted from the capsule endoscope 3 via a receiving antenna unit 4 attached to the subject 2, and examination information and examinations relating to examinations performed on the subject 2 An inspection information management device 6 (workstation) for managing image data as a result and performing image processing on the image data to display an image corresponding to the image data, and inspection information and image data from the outside via the network N100 And the inspection information and image data transmitted from the inspection information management device 6 via the network N100, and the terminal device 7 Comprises a server 8 to send al requested test information and image data, the. The inspection information management device 6, the terminal device 7, and the server 8 are connected via a network N100 by wireless or wired communication so that they can communicate bidirectionally.
図1は、本発明の一実施の形態に係る内視鏡システムの概略構成を示す模式図である。図1に示す内視鏡システム1は、被検体2内に導入され、被検体2内を撮影することにより画像データを生成し、無線信号に重畳して送信するカプセル型内視鏡3と、カプセル型内視鏡3から送信された無線信号を、被検体2に装着された受信アンテナユニット4を介して受信する受信装置5と、被検体2に対して実施される検査に関する検査情報および検査結果である画像データを管理するとともに、画像データに画像処理を行って画像データに対応する画像を表示する検査情報管理装置6(ワークステーション)と、ネットワークN100を介して外部から検査情報および画像データを取得する端末装置7と、ネットワークN100を介して検査情報管理装置6から送信された検査情報および画像データを記録するとともに、端末装置7から要求された検査情報および画像データを送信するサーバ8と、を備える。検査情報管理装置6、端末装置7およびサーバ8は、ネットワークN100を介して双方向に通信可能に無線または有線によって接続される。 [Configuration of endoscope system]
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of an endoscope system according to an embodiment of the present invention. An
カプセル型内視鏡3は、被検体2内を撮像する撮像機能と、被検体2内を撮影して得られた画像データを含む体内情報を受信アンテナユニット4へ送信する無線通信機能と、を有する。カプセル型内視鏡3は、被検体2内に飲み込まれることによって被検体2内の食道を通過し、消化管腔の蠕動運動によって被検体2の体腔内を移動する。カプセル型内視鏡3は、被検体2の体腔内を移動しながら微小な時間間隔、例えば0.5秒間隔(2fps)で被検体2の体腔内を順次撮像し、撮像した被検体2内の画像データを生成して受信アンテナユニット4へ順次送信する。
The capsule endoscope 3 has an imaging function for imaging the inside of the subject 2 and a wireless communication function for transmitting in-vivo information including image data obtained by imaging the inside of the subject 2 to the receiving antenna unit 4. Have. The capsule endoscope 3 passes through the esophagus in the subject 2 by being swallowed into the subject 2, and moves in the body cavity of the subject 2 by peristaltic movement of the digestive tract cavity. The capsule endoscope 3 sequentially images the inside of the body cavity of the subject 2 at a minute time interval, for example, 0.5 second interval (2 fps) while moving in the body cavity of the subject 2. Are sequentially transmitted to the receiving antenna unit 4.
受信アンテナユニット4は、受信アンテナ4a~受信アンテナ4hを備える。受信アンテナ4a~受信アンテナ4hは、カプセル型内視鏡3から無線信号を受信して受信装置5へ送信する。受信アンテナ4a~受信アンテナ4hは、ループアンテナやアクティブアンテナを用いて構成される。受信アンテナ4a~受信アンテナ4hの各々は、被検体2の体外表面上の所定の位置、例えばカプセル型内視鏡3の通過経路である被検体2の各臓器に対応した位置に取り付けられる。
The receiving antenna unit 4 includes a receiving antenna 4a to a receiving antenna 4h. The receiving antennas 4a to 4h receive radio signals from the capsule endoscope 3 and transmit them to the receiving device 5. The receiving antennas 4a to 4h are configured using loop antennas or active antennas. Each of the receiving antennas 4a to 4h is attached to a predetermined position on the external surface of the subject 2, for example, a position corresponding to each organ of the subject 2 that is a passage path of the capsule endoscope 3.
受信装置5は、受信アンテナ4a~受信アンテナ4hを介してカプセル型内視鏡3から送信された無線信号に含まれる被検体2内の画像データを記録または被検体2内の画像データに対応する画像を表示する。受信装置5は、カプセル型内視鏡3の位置情報および時間を示す時間情報等を、受信アンテナ4a~受信アンテナ4hを介して受信して画像データに対応付けて記録する。受信装置5は、カプセル型内視鏡3による検査が行われている間、例えば被検体2の口から導入され、消化管内を移動して被検体2内から排出されるまでの間、受信装置ホルダ(図示せず)に収納されて被検体2に携帯される。受信装置5は、カプセル型内視鏡3による検査の終了後、被検体2から取り外され、カプセル型内視鏡3から受信した画像データ等の転送のため、検査情報管理装置6と接続される。また、受信装置5は、カプセル型内視鏡3による検査の終了後、後述する検査情報管理装置6を介さず、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8へ画像データを送信してもよい。
The receiving device 5 records the image data in the subject 2 included in the radio signal transmitted from the capsule endoscope 3 via the receiving antenna 4a to the receiving antenna 4h, or corresponds to the image data in the subject 2. Display an image. The receiving device 5 receives position information of the capsule endoscope 3, time information indicating time, and the like via the receiving antenna 4a to the receiving antenna 4h and records them in association with image data. While the inspection by the capsule endoscope 3 is being performed, the reception device 5 is introduced from, for example, the mouth of the subject 2, moved through the digestive tract and discharged from the subject 2. It is stored in a holder (not shown) and carried by the subject 2. The receiving device 5 is detached from the subject 2 after the examination by the capsule endoscope 3 and is connected to the examination information management device 6 for transferring image data received from the capsule endoscope 3. . The receiving device 5 may transmit image data to the server 8 via the network N100 without passing through the examination information management device 6 described later after the examination by the capsule endoscope 3 is completed.
検査情報管理装置6は、受信装置5を介して取得した被検体2の画像データに対応する画像を表示するとともに、画像データと被検体2の検査情報とを対応付けて記録する。検査情報管理装置6は、受信装置5から画像データ等を読み取るクレードル61と、キーボードやマウス等の操作入力デバイス62と、を備える。クレードル61は、受信装置5が装着された際に、受信装置5から画像データや、この画像データに関連付けられた位置情報、時間情報およびカプセル型内視鏡3の識別情報等の関連情報を取得し、取得した各種情報を検査情報管理装置6へ転送する。操作入力デバイス62は、ユーザの操作による入力を受け付ける。ユーザは、操作入力デバイス62を操作しつつ、検査情報管理装置6が表示する被検体2の画像を見ながら、被検体2の生体部位、例えば食道、胃、小腸および大腸等を観察し、被検体2の病変等を診断する。また、検査情報管理装置6は、ネットワークN100を介して受信装置5から取得した画像データと関連情報とを対応付けてサーバ8へ送信する。検査情報管理装置6は、CPU(Central Processing Unit)、液晶や有機EL(Electro Luminescence)等の表示パネルおよび揮発性メモリや不揮発性メモリ等の記録媒体を用いて構成される。
The examination information management device 6 displays an image corresponding to the image data of the subject 2 acquired via the receiving device 5 and records the image data and the examination information of the subject 2 in association with each other. The inspection information management device 6 includes a cradle 61 that reads image data and the like from the receiving device 5, and an operation input device 62 such as a keyboard and a mouse. The cradle 61 acquires related information such as image data, position information associated with the image data, time information, and identification information of the capsule endoscope 3 from the receiving device 5 when the receiving device 5 is mounted. Then, the acquired various information is transferred to the inspection information management device 6. The operation input device 62 receives an input by a user operation. While operating the operation input device 62, the user observes the body part of the subject 2, such as the esophagus, stomach, small intestine, and large intestine, while viewing the image of the subject 2 displayed by the examination information management device 6. Diagnose the lesion or the like of specimen 2. Further, the examination information management device 6 associates the image data acquired from the reception device 5 with the related information via the network N100 and transmits the image data to the server 8. The inspection information management device 6 is configured using a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a display panel such as a liquid crystal or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence), and a recording medium such as a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory.
端末装置7は、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8が記録する複数の被検体2の画像データの画像ファイルの一覧を表示し、ユーザによって選択された画像ファイルの画像データの送信をサーバ8に要求する。端末装置7は、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8から送信された画像データに対応する画像を表示するとともに、端末装置7で入力を受け付けた操作情報をサーバ8へ送信する。なお、端末装置7の詳細な構成は、後述する。
The terminal device 7 displays a list of image files of the image data of the plurality of subjects 2 recorded by the server 8 via the network N100, and requests the server 8 to transmit the image data of the image file selected by the user. . The terminal device 7 displays an image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server 8 via the network N100, and transmits operation information received by the terminal device 7 to the server 8. The detailed configuration of the terminal device 7 will be described later.
サーバ8は、ネットワークN100を介して検査情報管理装置6から送信された画像データと関連情報とを対応付けて記録する。また、サーバ8は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から画像ファイルの送信の要求があった場合、端末装置7から要求された画像データを送信する。なお、サーバ8の詳細な構成は、後述する。
The server 8 records the image data transmitted from the examination information management device 6 via the network N100 in association with the related information. Further, when there is a request for transmission of an image file from the terminal device 7 via the network N100, the server 8 transmits the image data requested from the terminal device 7. The detailed configuration of the server 8 will be described later.
〔端末装置の詳細な構成〕
次に、端末装置7の詳細な構成について説明する。図2は、端末装置7の機能構成を示すブロック図である。図2に示す端末装置7は、通信部71と、表示部72と、タッチパネル73と、操作入力部74と、記録部75と、端末制御部76と、を備える。 [Detailed configuration of terminal device]
Next, a detailed configuration of theterminal device 7 will be described. FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the terminal device 7. The terminal device 7 illustrated in FIG. 2 includes a communication unit 71, a display unit 72, a touch panel 73, an operation input unit 74, a recording unit 75, and a terminal control unit 76.
次に、端末装置7の詳細な構成について説明する。図2は、端末装置7の機能構成を示すブロック図である。図2に示す端末装置7は、通信部71と、表示部72と、タッチパネル73と、操作入力部74と、記録部75と、端末制御部76と、を備える。 [Detailed configuration of terminal device]
Next, a detailed configuration of the
通信部71は、端末制御部76の制御のもと、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8との間で通信に必要な情報を含む各種データの無線信号を所定のプロトコルに従って送受信する。具体的には、通信部71は、ネットワークN100を介してカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した被検体2の画像データを格納した画像ファイルをサーバ8から受信(ダウンロード)するとともに、端末装置7で受け付けた各種操作情報をサーバ8へ送信(アップロード)する。通信部71は、Wi-Fi(Wireless Fidelity)(登録商標)通信、またはBluetooth(登録商標)通信を採用している。なお、通信部71は、Wi-Fi通信の他、4G無線や3G無線を利用した通信や、WiMAX(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access)通信等、他の通信を採用してもよい。
The communication unit 71 transmits and receives various data radio signals including information necessary for communication with the server 8 via the network N100 according to a predetermined protocol under the control of the terminal control unit 76. Specifically, the communication unit 71 receives (downloads) an image file storing the image data of the subject 2 generated by the capsule endoscope 3 via the network N100 from the server 8, and at the terminal device 7 The received various operation information is transmitted (uploaded) to the server 8. The communication unit 71 employs Wi-Fi (Wireless Fidelity) (registered trademark) communication or Bluetooth (registered trademark) communication. The communication unit 71 may employ other communication such as communication using 4G wireless or 3G wireless, WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access) communication, in addition to Wi-Fi communication.
表示部72は、サーバ8から送信された画像データに対応する画像や端末装置7に関する各種情報を表示する。表示部72は、液晶または有機EL(Electro Luminescence)等の表示パネルを用いて構成される。
The display unit 72 displays an image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server 8 and various information related to the terminal device 7. The display unit 72 is configured using a display panel such as liquid crystal or organic EL (Electro Luminescence).
タッチパネル73は、表示部72の表示画面上に重ねて設けられ、外部からの物体(タッチペンや指)が接触した接触位置(座標情報)を検出し、この検出結果に応じた信号の入力を受け付ける。タッチパネル73の方式としては、抵抗膜方式、静電容量方式および光学方式のいずれの方式も適用可能である。なお、本実施の形態では、端末装置7にタッチパネル73を設けているが、これに限定されることなく、タッチパネル73を省略した構成としてもよい。
The touch panel 73 is provided so as to overlap the display screen of the display unit 72, detects a contact position (coordinate information) where an external object (touch pen or finger) contacts, and receives an input of a signal corresponding to the detection result. . As a method of the touch panel 73, any of a resistive film method, a capacitance method, and an optical method can be applied. In the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 is provided with the touch panel 73. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the touch panel 73 may be omitted.
操作入力部74は、端末装置7の各種操作の信号の入力を受け付ける。例えば、操作入力部74は、端末装置7の電源をオンまたはオフする信号の入力を受け付ける電源ボタン、表示部72の表示態様を切り替える信号の入力を受け付ける切替ボタン等を用いて構成される。
The operation input unit 74 receives input of various operation signals of the terminal device 7. For example, the operation input unit 74 includes a power button that receives an input of a signal for turning on or off the power of the terminal device 7, a switch button that receives an input of a signal for switching the display mode of the display unit 72, and the like.
記録部75は、Flashメモリ、RAM(Random Access Memory)および記録媒体等を用いて構成され、端末装置7に関する各種情報を記録する。記録部75は、端末装置7を動作させるためのプログラムを記録するプログラム記録部751と、画像データを記録する画像データ記録部752と、画像データ、端末装置7の処理中の各種情報等を一時的に記録する一時記録部753と、を備える。
The recording unit 75 is configured using a flash memory, a RAM (Random Access Memory), a recording medium, and the like, and records various types of information related to the terminal device 7. The recording unit 75 temporarily stores a program recording unit 751 that records a program for operating the terminal device 7, an image data recording unit 752 that records image data, image data, various types of information being processed by the terminal device 7, and the like. And a temporary recording unit 753 for recording automatically.
端末制御部76は、端末装置7を構成する各部に対する指示やデータの転送等を行うことによって、端末装置7の動作を制御する。端末制御部76は、CPU(Central Processing Unit)等を用いて構成される。端末制御部76は、表示制御部761と、通信制御部762、記録制御部763と、総データ量算出部764と、を有する。
The terminal control unit 76 controls the operation of the terminal device 7 by instructing each unit constituting the terminal device 7 and transferring data. The terminal control unit 76 is configured using a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or the like. The terminal control unit 76 includes a display control unit 761, a communication control unit 762, a recording control unit 763, and a total data amount calculation unit 764.
表示制御部761は、表示部72の表示態様を制御する。表示制御部761は、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8から受信した画像データに対応する画像を表示部72に表示させる。
The display control unit 761 controls the display mode of the display unit 72. The display control unit 761 causes the display unit 72 to display an image corresponding to the image data received from the server 8 via the network N100.
通信制御部762は、通信部71の通信を制御する。通信制御部762はネットワークN100を介してサーバ8との間で通信に必要な情報を含む各種データの無線信号を所定のプロトコルに従って通信部71に通信させる。
The communication control unit 762 controls communication of the communication unit 71. The communication control unit 762 causes the communication unit 71 to communicate radio signals of various data including information necessary for communication with the server 8 via the network N100 according to a predetermined protocol.
記録制御部763は、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8から受信した症例の画像データ群を一時記録部753に一時的に記録するとともに、一時記録部753の記録容量が所定の容量を超えた場合、時間的に古い画像データやデータを順次削除する。また、記録制御部763は、一時記録部753に記録されたサーバ8から受信した症例の画像データ群の記録態様を制御する。具体的には、記録制御部763は、一時記録部753が記録可能なデータ容量に限界があるため、ユーザが沢山の症例を選択した場合、全ての症例の画像データ群を一時記録部753に記録させることが難しいので、一時記録部753が記録可能なデータ容量を超えるか否かを判定し、一時記録部753が記録可能なデータ容量を超えるとき、記録された時間が最も遅い画像データから順次削除する。この場合、記録制御部763は、後述する被検体を俯瞰的に観察するために生成された平均色バーの位置に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データが一時記録部753に一時的に記録されているとき、端末装置7の電源がオフ状態または症例を読影するアプリが再起動する等の一定のタイミングまで、この平均色バーの位置に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データを削除せず、他の時間が最も遅い画像データ、例えばコマ送りで使用された画像データ等から順次削除する。さらにまた、記録制御部763は、症例毎に優先度や重み付け、例えばサーバ8からダウンロードした新しい画像データ順に重み付けを行い、一時記録部753が記録可能なデータ容量を超える場合、優先度や重み付けが低い症例の平均色バーの位置に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データを一時記録部753から削除する。
The recording control unit 763 temporarily records the case image data group received from the server 8 via the network N100 in the temporary recording unit 753, and when the recording capacity of the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds a predetermined capacity, Delete temporally old image data and data sequentially. The recording control unit 763 controls the recording mode of the case image data group received from the server 8 recorded in the temporary recording unit 753. Specifically, since the recording control unit 763 has a limit on the data capacity that can be recorded by the temporary recording unit 753, when the user selects many cases, the image data group of all cases is stored in the temporary recording unit 753. Since it is difficult to record, it is determined whether or not the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity. When the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, the image data recorded with the latest recorded time is determined. Delete sequentially. In this case, the recording control unit 763 temporarily records, in the temporary recording unit 753, image data and characteristic image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar generated for a bird's-eye observation of a subject to be described later. The image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar and the characteristic image data are deleted until a certain timing such as when the power of the terminal device 7 is turned off or the application for image interpretation is restarted. First, the image data is deleted sequentially from the image data that is the latest, for example, the image data used for frame advance. Furthermore, the recording control unit 763 performs priority and weighting for each case, for example, weighting in the order of new image data downloaded from the server 8, and if the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, the priority and weighting are given. The image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar of the low case and the characteristic image data are deleted from the temporary recording unit 753.
総データ量算出部764は、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8から受信した画像データの総データ量を算出する。また、総データ量算出部764は、サーバ8から受信した画像データ群の症例毎(被検体毎)に総データ量を算出する。さらに、総データ量算出部764は、サーバ8から受信した画像データ群の症例毎の総データ量を合計した総データ量を算出する。さらにまた、総データ量算出部764は、サーバ8から受信した画像データ群の症例毎の総データ量を合計した総データ量をリセットする指示信号が操作入力部74から入力された場合、総データ量をリセットする。
The total data amount calculation unit 764 calculates the total data amount of the image data received from the server 8 via the network N100. The total data amount calculation unit 764 calculates the total data amount for each case (for each subject) in the image data group received from the server 8. Further, the total data amount calculation unit 764 calculates a total data amount obtained by summing up the total data amount for each case of the image data group received from the server 8. Furthermore, the total data amount calculation unit 764 receives the total data when the instruction signal for resetting the total data amount obtained by adding up the total data amount for each case of the image data group received from the server 8 is input from the operation input unit 74. Reset the amount.
〔サーバの詳細な構成〕
次に、サーバ8の詳細な構成について説明する。図3は、サーバ8の機能構成を示すブロック図である。図3に示すサーバ8は、通信部81と、記録部82と、サーバ制御部83と、を備える。 [Detailed server configuration]
Next, a detailed configuration of theserver 8 will be described. FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the server 8. The server 8 shown in FIG. 3 includes a communication unit 81, a recording unit 82, and a server control unit 83.
次に、サーバ8の詳細な構成について説明する。図3は、サーバ8の機能構成を示すブロック図である。図3に示すサーバ8は、通信部81と、記録部82と、サーバ制御部83と、を備える。 [Detailed server configuration]
Next, a detailed configuration of the
通信部81は、サーバ制御部83の制御のもと、ネットワークN100を介して検査情報管理装置6または端末装置7等との外部機器との間で通信に必要な情報を含む各種データを所定のプロトコルに従って送受信する。
Under the control of the server control unit 83, the communication unit 81 stores various data including information necessary for communication with an external device such as the inspection information management device 6 or the terminal device 7 via the network N100. Send and receive according to the protocol.
記録部82は、Flashメモリ、RAMおよびHDD等の記録媒体を用いて構成され、サーバ8に関する各種情報および通信部81を介して受信した画像データや各種情報を記録する。記録部82は、サーバ8を動作させるためのプログラムを記録するプログラム記録部821と、カプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ等を記録する画像データ記録部822と、を有する。
The recording unit 82 is configured using a recording medium such as a flash memory, a RAM, and an HDD, and records various types of information regarding the server 8 and image data and various types of information received via the communication unit 81. The recording unit 82 includes a program recording unit 821 that records a program for operating the server 8 and an image data recording unit 822 that records image data generated by the capsule endoscope 3.
サーバ制御部83は、サーバ8を構成する各部に対する指示やデータの転送等を行うことによって、サーバ8の動作を統括的に制御する。サーバ制御部83は、平均色バー生成部831と、特徴画像判定部832と、判定部833と、送信制御部834と、実再生フレームレート算出部835と、通信速度算出部836と、を有する。
The server control unit 83 comprehensively controls the operation of the server 8 by giving instructions to each unit constituting the server 8, transferring data, and the like. The server control unit 83 includes an average color bar generation unit 831, a feature image determination unit 832, a determination unit 833, a transmission control unit 834, an actual reproduction frame rate calculation unit 835, and a communication speed calculation unit 836. .
平均色バー生成部831は、カプセル型内視鏡3で生成された一連の画像データ群から時系列に沿って抽出された色情報を時間軸に沿って帯状の平均色バー(イメージ画像)を生成する。具体的には、平均色バー生成部831は、画像データ記録部822が記録するカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群に対して、所定の枚数毎に平均色を算出し、この算出した平均色を時間軸に沿って帯状に並べることによって、被検体2を俯瞰的に観察するために生成された平均色バーを生成する。例えば、平均色バー生成部831は、画像データ記録部822が記録するカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群が1万枚の場合において、この1万枚を1000ピクセル(Pixel)の平均色バーで表示するとき、10枚の画像の平均値(平均色)を算出し、この算出した平均値を1ピクセル毎に時間軸に沿って帯状に並べることによって平均色バーを生成する。ここで、被検体2を俯瞰的に観察するとは、被検体2の臓器毎の区分の判別や症例全体の色味の確認、例えば出血の確認、全体の色の確認(全体的にピンクっぽい)、残渣の確認(残渣が多い場合は、緑っぽい)、胆汁の確認(胆汁が多い場合は、黄色っぽい)等である。なお、本実施の形態1では、平均色バー生成部831がカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群の平均色バーを生成しているが、例えば受信装置5、検査情報管理装置6および端末装置7に平均色バー生成部831と同様の機能を持たせることによって、受信装置5、検査情報管理装置6および端末装置7のいずれかによって平均色バーを生成するようにしてもよい。
The average color bar generation unit 831 converts the color information extracted along a time series from a series of image data groups generated by the capsule endoscope 3 into a band-like average color bar (image image) along the time axis. Generate. Specifically, the average color bar generation unit 831 calculates an average color for each predetermined number of image data groups generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822, and this calculation is performed. By arranging the averaged colors in a band shape along the time axis, an average color bar generated for observing the subject 2 from a bird's-eye view is generated. For example, when the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 is 10,000 images, the average color bar generation unit 831 calculates the average of 10,000 pixels to an average of 1000 pixels (Pixel). When displaying with a color bar, an average value (average color) of ten images is calculated, and the average color bar is generated by arranging the calculated average values in a strip shape along the time axis for each pixel. Here, the observation of the subject 2 from a bird's-eye view means that the organ of the subject 2 is distinguished for each organ and the color of the whole case is confirmed, for example, the bleeding is confirmed, and the entire color is confirmed (the whole is pinkish). ), Confirmation of residues (green when there are many residues), confirmation of bile (yellowish when there are many bile), and the like. In the first embodiment, the average color bar generation unit 831 generates an average color bar of the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3, but for example, the reception device 5, the inspection information management device 6, and By providing the terminal device 7 with the same function as the average color bar generating unit 831, the average color bar may be generated by any of the receiving device 5, the inspection information management device 6, and the terminal device 7.
判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から送信された操作信号の内容を判定する。
The determination unit 833 determines the content of the operation signal transmitted from the terminal device 7 via the network N100.
送信制御部834は、判定部833が判定結果に基づいて、画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、判定部833によって端末装置7から記録部82が記録する複数の画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を受信したと判定された場合、端末装置7で設定された読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、端末装置7の表示部72によって表示される画像を閲覧するための送信順を決定して記録部82が記録する画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から操作信号を受信していない場合、読影ワークフローに従って、画像データ群のうち一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。ここで、一定の規則とは、所定の時間間隔、画像データを撮像した撮影間隔、所定の枚数間隔、画像データ群に含まれる複数の特徴的な画像データにおける所定の枚数間隔およびカプセル型内視鏡3の移動距離毎のいずれかである。なお、上述した所定の時間間隔、撮影間隔、所定の枚数間隔、複数の特徴的な画像データにおける所定の枚数間隔および移動距離毎の各々は、適宜変更することができ、例えば端末装置7のタッチパネル73または操作入力部74の操作によって変更することができる。
The transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits the image data group to the terminal device 7 based on the determination result by the determination unit 833. Specifically, when it is determined by the determination unit 833 that the transmission control unit 834 has received a request signal requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit 82 from the terminal device 7, Based on the interpretation workflow set in the terminal device 7 and the operation signal received by the terminal device, the transmission order for viewing the image displayed by the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7 is determined and recorded. The image data group recorded by the unit 82 is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. Specifically, when the operation signal is not received from the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits image data generated according to a certain rule in the image data group to the terminal device 7 according to the interpretation workflow. . Here, the certain rule is a predetermined time interval, a shooting interval at which image data is captured, a predetermined number interval, a predetermined number interval in a plurality of characteristic image data included in the image data group, and a capsule type endoscope. Any one of the movement distances of the mirror 3. Note that each of the predetermined time interval, the shooting interval, the predetermined number interval, the predetermined number interval and the movement distance in the plurality of characteristic image data can be changed as appropriate, for example, the touch panel of the terminal device 7. 73 or the operation input unit 74 can be changed.
ここで、端末装置7で設定された読影ワークフローとは、症例の読影を行う際に画像を再生する再生モードの種別と、画像を再生するフレームレートと、ユーザの識別情報(端末装置7の識別情報)と、読影を行った症例の有無や再生回数等を含む有無情報と、平均色バーにおけるスライドバーの位置情報と、を対応付けた情報である。また、この読影ワークフローに関する情報を端末装置7の記録部75に記録させてもよいし、サーバ8の記録部82に記録させてもよい。端末装置7の記録部75に記録させる場合、端末装置7の通信制御部762は、サーバ8にアクセスするとき、記録部75に記録された読影ワークフローに関する情報をサーバ8へ送信する。また、サーバ8の記録部82に記録する場合、サーバ8の送信制御部834は、アクセスされた端末装置7の識別情報(例えばIPアドレス等)に基づいて、このアクセスされた端末装置7に応じた読影ワークフローに関する情報を取得し、取得した読影ワークフローに関する情報および端末装置7から受信した操作信号に従って選択された症例の画像データ群に対して最適な送信順を決定して端末装置7へ順次送信する。
Here, the interpretation workflow set in the terminal device 7 refers to the type of reproduction mode for reproducing an image when the case is interpreted, the frame rate for reproducing the image, and user identification information (identification of the terminal device 7). Information), presence / absence information including the presence / absence of a case where interpretation has been performed, the number of times of reproduction, and the like, and position information of the slide bar in the average color bar are associated with each other. Further, the information regarding the interpretation workflow may be recorded in the recording unit 75 of the terminal device 7 or may be recorded in the recording unit 82 of the server 8. When recording in the recording unit 75 of the terminal device 7, the communication control unit 762 of the terminal device 7 transmits information related to the interpretation workflow recorded in the recording unit 75 to the server 8 when accessing the server 8. When recording in the recording unit 82 of the server 8, the transmission control unit 834 of the server 8 responds to the accessed terminal device 7 based on the identification information (for example, IP address) of the accessed terminal device 7. Information regarding the obtained interpretation workflow is determined, and an optimal transmission order is determined for the image data group of the case selected in accordance with the acquired information regarding the interpretation workflow and the operation signal received from the terminal device 7, and sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. To do.
特徴画像判定部832は、画像データ記録部822が記録するカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した一連の画像データ群に対して、所定の1種類または複数種類の特徴量を算出し、所定の特徴量を有する画像データを特徴的な画像データとして判定する。具体的には、特徴画像判定部832は、画像データに対応する体内画像の平均色(RGB画素値の成分毎の平均値、RGB画素値から算出される色相値・彩度・明度の平均値等)、該平均色の前画像(時系列の直前に撮像された画像)からの変化量、体内画像の平均輝度、該平均輝度の前画像からの変化量、体内画像内の1つまたは複数の特定部分(体内画像の中心、該中心から所定距離にある数点等)における色(RGB値、色相値、彩度、明度等)または輝度、上記特定部分における色または輝度の前画像からの変化量、上記特定部分の形状の特定のパターン(例えば、所定の病変部位のパターン)との一致率、前画像との類似度または動きベクトルの大きさ、体内画像において公知の画像処理による検出された部位(体外、粘膜領域または非粘膜領域や臓器の種別(胃、小腸、大腸等))を表すパラメータ、体内画像に対する周波数分析により得られる空間周波数の特定のパターンを表すパラメータ等を特徴量として算出し、この特徴量が閾値を超えた画像データを特徴的な画像データとして判定する。
The feature image determination unit 832 calculates one or more types of predetermined feature amounts for the series of image data groups generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822, and the predetermined features. Image data having a quantity is determined as characteristic image data. Specifically, the feature image determination unit 832 calculates the average color of the in-vivo image corresponding to the image data (average value of each RGB pixel value component, average value of hue value / saturation / lightness calculated from the RGB pixel value). Etc.), the amount of change from the previous image of the average color (image taken immediately before the time series), the average luminance of the in-vivo image, the amount of change of the average luminance from the previous image, one or more in the in-vivo image Color (RGB value, hue value, saturation, brightness, etc.) or luminance in a specific part (center of in-vivo image, several points at a predetermined distance from the center) or luminance, color or luminance in the specific part from the previous image The amount of change, the rate of coincidence with a specific pattern of the shape of the specific part (for example, a pattern of a predetermined lesion site), the degree of similarity with the previous image or the magnitude of the motion vector, and in-vivo images detected by known image processing Area (external, mucosal area) Is a parameter representing a non-mucosal region or organ type (stomach, small intestine, large intestine, etc.), a parameter representing a specific pattern of spatial frequency obtained by frequency analysis on in-vivo images, and the like. Image data exceeding the threshold is determined as characteristic image data.
実再生フレームレート算出部835は、端末装置7で表示される画像の実再生フレームレートを算出し、この算出結果を端末装置7へ送信する。
The actual playback frame rate calculation unit 835 calculates the actual playback frame rate of the image displayed on the terminal device 7 and transmits the calculation result to the terminal device 7.
通信速度算出部836は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7とサーバ8との通信速度を算出し、この算出結果を端末装置7へ送信する。
The communication speed calculation unit 836 calculates the communication speed between the terminal device 7 and the server 8 via the network N100, and transmits the calculation result to the terminal device 7.
〔サーバの送信処理〕
次に、医者等のユーザが端末装置7を用いて、ユーザが所望の症例に対し、読影ワークフローに従った読影作業を行う際に、サーバ8がカプセル型内視鏡3で撮影された画像データ群を送信する送信処理について説明する。図4は、サーバ8が実行する処理の概要を示すフローチャートであって、医者等のユーザが端末装置7を用いて、ユーザが所望の症例に対し、読影ワークフローに従った読影作業を行う際に、サーバ8が実行する送信処理のフローチャートである。 [Server transmission processing]
Next, when a user such as a doctor uses theterminal device 7 to perform an image interpretation operation according to an image interpretation workflow for a desired case, the server 8 captures image data captured by the capsule endoscope 3. A transmission process for transmitting a group will be described. FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing an outline of processing executed by the server 8. When a user such as a doctor uses the terminal device 7 to perform an interpretation operation according to an interpretation workflow on a desired case by the user. 4 is a flowchart of a transmission process executed by the server 8.
次に、医者等のユーザが端末装置7を用いて、ユーザが所望の症例に対し、読影ワークフローに従った読影作業を行う際に、サーバ8がカプセル型内視鏡3で撮影された画像データ群を送信する送信処理について説明する。図4は、サーバ8が実行する処理の概要を示すフローチャートであって、医者等のユーザが端末装置7を用いて、ユーザが所望の症例に対し、読影ワークフローに従った読影作業を行う際に、サーバ8が実行する送信処理のフローチャートである。 [Server transmission processing]
Next, when a user such as a doctor uses the
図4に示すように、まず、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7からアクセスがあった場合(ステップS101:Yes)、サーバ8は、アクセスがあった端末装置7へ記録部82が記録する症例毎(検査IDと画像データとを対応付けた症例ファイル)の症例一覧データを送信する(ステップS102)。この場合、端末装置7の表示制御部761は、サーバ8から受信した症例一覧データに対応する症例一覧画面を表示部72に表示させる。
As shown in FIG. 4, first, when there is an access from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S101: Yes), the server 8 records each case recorded by the recording unit 82 on the accessed terminal device 7. The case list data of (case file in which examination ID and image data are associated) is transmitted (step S102). In this case, the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 causes the display unit 72 to display a case list screen corresponding to the case list data received from the server 8.
図5は、端末装置7が表示する症例一覧画面の一例を示す図である。図5に示す症例一覧画面B1には、読影可能な症例の一覧を表示する一覧表示領域W1と、端末装置7の通信状況を表示する通信状況画像W2と、端末装置7がサーバ8から画像データを受信する際の通信状況(ダウンロードパフォーマンス)を確認するための指示信号の入力を受け付ける通信状況アイコンW3(Traffic check)と、画像データを格納した画像ファイルをサーバ8へアップロードする指示信号の入力を受け付けるアップロードアイコンW4(Upload)と、症例一覧画面B1を更新する指示信号の入力を受け付ける更新アイコンW5(Refresh)と、端末装置7がサーバ8からダウンロードした各症例のデータ量を蓄積した総データ量W6(Grand DL total)と、総データ量のカウントをリセットする指示信号の入力を受け付けるリセットアイコンW7(Reset)と、ログアウトを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付けるログアウトアイコンW8(Logout)と、が含まれる。
FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a case list screen displayed by the terminal device 7. In the case list screen B1 shown in FIG. 5, a list display area W1 for displaying a list of cases that can be interpreted, a communication status image W2 for displaying the communication status of the terminal device 7, and the terminal device 7 from the server 8 image data. Communication status icon W3 (Traffic check) that accepts an input of an instruction signal for confirming the communication status (download performance) when receiving the image, and an input of an instruction signal for uploading the image file storing the image data to the server 8 An upload icon W4 (Upload) to be received, an update icon W5 (Refresh) to receive an input of an instruction signal for updating the case list screen B1, and a total data amount in which the data amount of each case downloaded from the server 8 by the terminal device 7 is accumulated. Reset that accepts input of W6 (Grand DL total) and instruction signal to reset the total data count A logout icon W7 (Reset) and a logout icon W8 (Logout) that accepts an input of an instruction signal for instructing logout.
一覧表示領域W1には、検査IDW11(Exam ID)と、患者IDW12(Patient ID)と、患者(被検体)の氏名W13(Patient Name)と、検査実施日W14(Scheduled Date)と、ファイルサイズW15(File Size)と、画像処理状況W16(Image Processing)と、読影状況W17(Reading)と、調査状況W18(Report)と、総ダウンロード量W19(DL total)と、が含まれる。症例の読影を行う医者等のユーザは、タッチパネル73を介して指やタッチペン等でタッチすることにより、所定の症例やアイコンを選択する。また、ユーザは、タッチパネル73を介してポインタQ1を操作することにより、所望の症例やアイコンをクリックすることにより選択する。この場合、通信制御部762は、通信部71およびネットワークN100を介してユーザによって複数の症例の中から症例が選択されたことを示す選択信号をサーバ8へ送信する。なお、図5の症例一覧画面B1においては、患者情報を検査IDW11と、患者IDW12と、患者の氏名W13を表示していたが、これに限定されることなく、設定に応じて適宜変更することができ、例えばテキストデータ、文字および記号等で表示するようにしてもよい。
In the list display area W1, examination ID W11 (Exam ID), patient ID W12 (Patient ID), patient (subject) name W13 (Patient Name), examination date W14 (Scheduled Date), and file size W15 (File Size), image processing status W16 (Image Processing), interpretation status W17 (Reading), survey status W18 (Report), and total download amount W19 (DL total). A user such as a doctor who interprets a case selects a predetermined case or icon by touching with a finger or a touch pen via the touch panel 73. The user operates the pointer Q1 via the touch panel 73 to select the desired case or icon by clicking on it. In this case, the communication control unit 762 transmits a selection signal indicating that a case has been selected from a plurality of cases by the user to the server 8 via the communication unit 71 and the network N100. In the case list screen B1 of FIG. 5, the patient information is displayed as the examination IDW11, the patient IDW12, and the patient name W13. However, the patient information is not limited to this and may be changed as appropriate according to the setting. For example, it may be displayed as text data, characters and symbols. *
図4に戻り、ステップS102以降の説明を続ける。
ステップS103において、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から記録部82が記録する複数の症例のうちいずれか一つの症例を選択する選択信号(要求信号)を受信した場合(ステップS103:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS104へ移行する。これに対して、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から記録部82が記録する複数の症例のうちいずれか一つの症例を選択する選択信号を受信していない場合(ステップS103:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS128へ移行する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description from step S102 onward will be continued.
In step S103, when a selection signal (request signal) for selecting any one of a plurality of cases recorded by therecording unit 82 is received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S103: Yes), the server In step 8, the process proceeds to step S104 described later. On the other hand, when the selection signal for selecting any one of a plurality of cases recorded by the recording unit 82 is not received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S103: No), the server 8 Shifts to step S128 described below.
ステップS103において、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から記録部82が記録する複数の症例のうちいずれか一つの症例を選択する選択信号(要求信号)を受信した場合(ステップS103:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS104へ移行する。これに対して、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から記録部82が記録する複数の症例のうちいずれか一つの症例を選択する選択信号を受信していない場合(ステップS103:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS128へ移行する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description from step S102 onward will be continued.
In step S103, when a selection signal (request signal) for selecting any one of a plurality of cases recorded by the
ステップS104において、送信制御部834は、ネットワークN100を介して選択信号に応じた症例の平均色バーデータを含む読影画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。
In step S104, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the interpretation image data including the average color bar data of the case corresponding to the selection signal to the terminal device 7 via the network N100.
続いて、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例が読影を実施済みであると判定部833が判定した場合(ステップS105:Yes)、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例のキャプチャー済み画像データを端末装置7へ送信する(ステップS106)。ステップS106の後、サーバ8は、後述するステップS107へ移行する。これに対して、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例が読影を実施済みでないと判定部833が判定した場合(ステップS105:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS107へ移行する。
Subsequently, when the determination unit 833 determines that the case according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 has been interpreted (step S105: Yes), the transmission control unit 834 selects the selection received from the terminal device 7. The captured image data of the case corresponding to the signal is transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S106). After step S106, the server 8 proceeds to step S107 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the case according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 has not been interpreted (step S105: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S107 described later.
図6は、端末装置7が表示する読影画面の一例を示す図である。図6に示すように、読影画面B2には、画像データに対応する画像Pを表示する画像領域Rと、画像データ群を時系列に沿って順次再生する動画モードを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付ける動画アイコンA1と、画像データ群を所定の枚数だけ一覧表示するオーバビューモードを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付けるオーバービューアイコンA2と、動画の再生フレームレートを設定する指示信号の入力を受け付けるフレームレートアイコンA3と、実再生フレームレートを表示する表示領域A4と(Average speed)、画像データ群を一枚毎に表示する一枚表示モードを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付ける一枚表示モードアイコンA5と、動画のコマを複数同時に表示させる複数表示モードを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付ける複数表示モードアイコンA6と、画像データ群に対して特定の条件で抽出した特徴的な画像を表示する特徴画像再生モードを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付ける特徴画像再生モードアイコンA7と、画像データ群に対して出血や赤色を含む赤色画像データを抽出して赤色画像を表示する出血モードを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付けるレッドモードアイコンA8と、画像が撮影された際のカプセル型内視鏡3の位置を3次元的に模式的に表示する3次元モードを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付ける3次元モードアイコンA9と、選択されている再生モードを表示するモード表示領域A10と、再生される画像データのコマ送りまたはコマ戻りを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付けるコマ指示部A11と、を含む。
FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of an interpretation screen displayed by the terminal device 7. As shown in FIG. 6, the image interpretation screen B2 is supplied with an image area R for displaying an image P corresponding to image data and an instruction signal for instructing a moving image mode for sequentially reproducing the image data group in time series. Movie icon A1 to be accepted, overview icon A2 to accept input of an instruction signal for instructing an overview mode for displaying a list of a predetermined number of image data groups, and a frame to accept input of an instruction signal for setting a playback frame rate of a movie A rate icon A3, a display area A4 for displaying the actual playback frame rate, and (Average speed), and a single-display mode icon A5 for receiving an instruction signal for instructing a single-display mode for displaying the image data group one by one. And multiple displays that accept input of instruction signals that direct multiple display modes to display multiple video frames simultaneously An image icon A6, a feature image reproduction mode icon A7 for receiving an input of an instruction signal for instructing a feature image reproduction mode for displaying a characteristic image extracted under a specific condition for the image data group, and an image data group The red mode icon A8 that receives input of an instruction signal for instructing the bleeding mode for extracting red image data including bleeding and red and displaying the red image, and the position of the capsule endoscope 3 when the image is taken A three-dimensional mode icon A9 that accepts an input of an instruction signal that indicates a three-dimensional mode that is schematically displayed three-dimensionally, a mode display area A10 that displays a selected reproduction mode, and a frame of image data to be reproduced And a frame instructing unit A11 that accepts an input of an instruction signal for instructing a feed or a frame return.
さらに、読影画面B2には、選択された症例の平均色バーT1と、平均色バーT1上に対応する画像を選択するスライドバーT2と、スライドバーT2の時間(選択位置を示すタイムコードT3と、選択された症例のダウンロード状況を示すダウンロードバーT4と、選択された症例であって、既に読影済みでキャプチャーされたキャプチャー画像C1~C3と、を含む。
Further, the interpretation screen B2 includes an average color bar T1 of the selected case, a slide bar T2 for selecting an image corresponding to the average color bar T1, and a time of the slide bar T2 (a time code T3 indicating a selected position). The download bar T4 indicating the download status of the selected case, and the captured images C1 to C3 that have been selected and have already been interpreted and captured.
さらにまた、フレームレートアイコンA3には、フレームレートを下げる指示信号の入力を受け付けるダウンアイコンA31と、フレームレートを上げる指示信号の入力を受け付けるアップアイコンA32と、を含む。さらに、コマ指示部A11には、画像のコマ送りを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付けるコマ送りアイコンA111と、画像のコマ戻りを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付けるコマ戻りアイコンA112と、を含む。
Furthermore, the frame rate icon A3 includes a down icon A31 for receiving an input of an instruction signal for decreasing the frame rate, and an up icon A32 for receiving an input of an instruction signal for increasing the frame rate. Furthermore, the frame instruction unit A11 includes a frame advance icon A111 that receives an input of an instruction signal for instructing frame advance of an image, and a frame return icon A112 that receives an input of an instruction signal for instructing an image frame return.
なお、読影画面B2には、特徴画像再生モードアイコンA7およびレッドモードアイコンA8の並びに、画像データ群から特徴的な画像データを抽出したり、赤み成分の強い画像データを抽出したりせず、画像データ群の全てを順次再生するノーマルモードを指示する指示信号の入力を受け付けるノーマルモードアイコンおよび画像データ群から所定の条件で抽出された一部の画像データのみを順次再生するオートスピードモード(Auto Speed Adjust)を指示する指示信号の入力を受け付けるオートスピードモードアイコンを設けてもよい。この2つのモードの場合、読影画面B2の画像領域Rに選択された症例の画像データ群を全て表示させないので、サーバ8からダウンロードするデータの通信量を抑制することができる。
Note that the image interpretation screen B2 does not extract characteristic image data from the image data group of the characteristic image reproduction mode icon A7 and the red mode icon A8 or extract image data having a strong redness component. Auto mode (Auto Speed mode) that sequentially reproduces only a part of image data extracted under specified conditions from the normal mode icon and image data group that accepts the input of the instruction signal that instructs the normal mode that sequentially reproduces all of the data group An auto speed mode icon that receives an input of an instruction signal instructing “Adjust” may be provided. In the case of these two modes, not all the image data groups of the selected cases are displayed in the image area R of the interpretation screen B2, so that the communication amount of data downloaded from the server 8 can be suppressed.
図4に戻り、ステップS107以降の説明を続ける。
ステップS107において、送信制御部834は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける画像データ群のうち一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。ここで、平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データとは、所定の時間間隔、所定の枚数毎、所定の撮影時間毎およびカプセル型内視鏡3の体内移動距離毎のいずれかである。例えば、送信制御部834は、端末装置7で特徴画像再生モードが設定され、画像データ記録部822によって記録されたカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群が1万枚の場合において、この1万枚を1000ピクセルの平均色バーT1を生成したとき、平均色バーT1を構成する1ピクセルを生成するために用いられた10枚の画像データのうち、特徴画像判定部832によって特徴的な画像データであると判定された特徴的な画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。また、送信制御部834は、端末装置7でノーマルモードが設定され、画像データ記録部822によって記録されたカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群が1万枚の場合において、この1万枚を1000ピクセルの平均色バーT1を生成したとき、この平均色バーT1を構成する1ピクセルを生成するために用いられた10枚の画像データのうち最初の画像データ(撮影時刻が最も古い画像データ)である。もちろん、最初の画像データである必要はなく、平均色バーT1を構成する1ピクセルを生成するために用いられた所定の枚数の画像データのうちのいずれか1つの画像データであればよい。なお、以下においては、画像データ記録部822によって記録されたカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群が1万枚の場合において、この1万枚を1000ピクセルの平均色バーT1を生成したとき、送信制御部834が送信する平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データの例について説明する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description of step S107 and subsequent steps will be continued.
In step S <b> 107, thetransmission control unit 834 transmits to the terminal device 7 image data generated according to a certain rule from the image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N <b> 100. Send sequentially. Specifically, the transmission control unit 834 transmits to the terminal device 7 image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7. Here, the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar is any one of a predetermined time interval, a predetermined number of images, a predetermined photographing time, and an in-vivo moving distance of the capsule endoscope 3. For example, the transmission control unit 834 sets the feature image reproduction mode in the terminal device 7 and the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 is 10,000. When the average color bar T1 of 1000 pixels is generated from 10,000 sheets, the characteristic image determination unit 832 has a characteristic among the 10 pieces of image data used to generate one pixel constituting the average color bar T1. Characteristic image data determined to be image data is transmitted to the terminal device 7. In addition, the transmission control unit 834 sets the normal mode in the terminal device 7 and the 10,000 image data groups generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 are 10,000. When the average color bar T1 of 1000 pixels is generated, the first image data (the image with the oldest shooting time) among the 10 pieces of image data used to generate one pixel constituting the average color bar T1. Data). Of course, it is not necessary to be the first image data, and any one of the predetermined number of pieces of image data used for generating one pixel constituting the average color bar T1 may be used. In the following, when the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 is 10,000 images, an average color bar T1 of 1000 pixels is generated from these 10,000 images. An example of image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar T1 transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 will be described.
ステップS107において、送信制御部834は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける画像データ群のうち一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。ここで、平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データとは、所定の時間間隔、所定の枚数毎、所定の撮影時間毎およびカプセル型内視鏡3の体内移動距離毎のいずれかである。例えば、送信制御部834は、端末装置7で特徴画像再生モードが設定され、画像データ記録部822によって記録されたカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群が1万枚の場合において、この1万枚を1000ピクセルの平均色バーT1を生成したとき、平均色バーT1を構成する1ピクセルを生成するために用いられた10枚の画像データのうち、特徴画像判定部832によって特徴的な画像データであると判定された特徴的な画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。また、送信制御部834は、端末装置7でノーマルモードが設定され、画像データ記録部822によって記録されたカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群が1万枚の場合において、この1万枚を1000ピクセルの平均色バーT1を生成したとき、この平均色バーT1を構成する1ピクセルを生成するために用いられた10枚の画像データのうち最初の画像データ(撮影時刻が最も古い画像データ)である。もちろん、最初の画像データである必要はなく、平均色バーT1を構成する1ピクセルを生成するために用いられた所定の枚数の画像データのうちのいずれか1つの画像データであればよい。なお、以下においては、画像データ記録部822によって記録されたカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群が1万枚の場合において、この1万枚を1000ピクセルの平均色バーT1を生成したとき、送信制御部834が送信する平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データの例について説明する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description of step S107 and subsequent steps will be continued.
In step S <b> 107, the
図7は、送信制御部834が端末装置7へ送信する画像データ群の送信順の一例を示す模式図である。なお、図7においては、横軸が時間を示す。
FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the transmission order of the image data group transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 to the terminal device 7. In FIG. 7, the horizontal axis indicates time.
図7の(a)に示すように、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける画像データ群のうち一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。例えば、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける平均色バーに対応する位置の画像P1に対応する画像データ、画像P100に対応する画像データ、画像P200に対応する画像データ、画像Pn(n:251以上の自然数)に対応する画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。この場合、図8Aに示すように、端末装置7は、表示制御部761がサーバ8から受信した画像データの時間(位置)を平均色バーT1の区分に対応する時間(異なるハッチングの位置)に反映させてダウンロードバーT4を更新して表示する。これにより、ユーザは、選択した症例の現在のダウンロード状況を直感的に把握することができる。
As shown in (a) of FIG. 7, the transmission control unit 834 receives the image data generated according to a certain rule from the image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7. Sequentially sent to 7. For example, the transmission control unit 834 includes image data corresponding to the image P 1 at a position corresponding to the average color bar in the image file of the case corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7, image data corresponding to the image P 100 , Image data corresponding to the image P 200 and image data corresponding to the image P n (n: a natural number of 251 or more) are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. In this case, as illustrated in FIG. 8A, the terminal device 7 sets the time (position) of the image data received by the display control unit 761 from the server 8 to the time corresponding to the division of the average color bar T1 (different hatching positions). The download bar T4 is updated and displayed. Thereby, the user can grasp | ascertain intuitively the present download condition of the selected case.
また、図7の(a)においては、送信制御部834は、端末装置7で選択された症例の平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データ、例えば100番目毎に1枚の画像データを送信していたが、例えば画像データ記録部822によって記録されたカプセル型内視鏡3が生成した画像データ群が5万枚の場合において、この5万枚を1000ピクセルの平均色バーを生成するとき、送信制御部834が送信する平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データとして50番目毎に1枚の画像データを送信するようにしてもよい。
In FIG. 7A, the transmission control unit 834 transmits image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar T1 of the case selected by the terminal device 7, for example, one image data every 100th. However, for example, when the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3 recorded by the image data recording unit 822 is 50,000 images, when generating an average color bar of 1000 pixels from these 50,000 images The image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 may be transmitted every 50th image data.
続いて、判定部833は、一定枚数毎に画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであるか否かを判定する(ステップS108)。判定部833が一定枚数毎に画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであると判定した場合(ステップS108:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS109へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833が一定枚数毎に画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みでないと判定した場合(ステップS108:No)、サーバ8は、この判断を続ける。
Subsequently, the determination unit 833 determines whether or not the image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 every predetermined number of sheets (step S108). When the determination unit 833 determines that the image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 every predetermined number (step S108: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S109 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the image data group has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 every predetermined number (step S108: No), the server 8 continues this determination.
ステップS109において、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から再生モードを変更する操作信号または再生画像を選択する操作信号を受信したか否かを判定する。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から再生モードを変更する操作信号または再生画像を選択する操作信号を受信したと判定した場合(ステップS109:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS120へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から再生モードを変更する操作信号または再生画像を選択する操作信号を受信していないと判定した場合(ステップS109:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS110へ移行する。
In step S109, the determination unit 833 determines whether an operation signal for changing the playback mode or an operation signal for selecting a playback image is received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100. When the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal for changing the reproduction mode or the operation signal for selecting the reproduction image has been received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S109: Yes), the server 8 performs step S120 described later. Migrate to On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal for changing the reproduction mode or the operation signal for selecting the reproduction image is not received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S109: No), the server In step 8, the process proceeds to step S110 described later.
ステップS110において、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して後方画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであるか否かを判定する。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して後方画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであると判定した場合(ステップS110:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS113へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して後方画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みでないと判定した場合(ステップS110:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS111へ移行する。
In step S110, the determination unit 833 determines whether the rear image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100. When the determination unit 833 determines that the rear image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S110: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S113 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the rear image data group has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S110: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S111 described later.
ステップS111において、送信制御部834は、通信部81およびネットワークN100を介して、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける後方画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、図7の(b)に示すように、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける画像P1と画像Pnとの中間の画像に対応する画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。例えば、送信制御部834は、画像P50に対応する画像データ、画像P150に対応する画像データ、画像P250に対応する画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。この場合、端末装置7は、表示制御部761がサーバ8から受信した画像データの位置を平均色バーT1に対応する位置に反映させてダウンロードバーT4を更新して表示する。(図8A→図8B→図8C)。これにより、ユーザは、選択した症例の現在のダウンロード状況を直感的に把握することができる。
In step S111, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits the rear image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 to the terminal device 7 via the communication unit 81 and the network N100. Specifically, as shown in (b) of FIG. 7, the transmission control section 834, an intermediate image between the image P 1 and the image P n in the image file of cases in accordance with the selection signal received from the terminal apparatus 7 Is transmitted to the terminal device 7. For example, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits image data corresponding to the image P 50 , image data corresponding to the image P 150, and image data corresponding to the image P 250 to the terminal device 7. In this case, the terminal device 7 updates and displays the download bar T4 by reflecting the position of the image data received from the server 8 by the display control unit 761 on the position corresponding to the average color bar T1. (FIG. 8A → FIG. 8B → FIG. 8C). Thereby, the user can grasp | ascertain intuitively the present download condition of the selected case.
また、図7の(b)において、送信制御部834は、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データを端末装置7へ送信した後に、画像P1の撮影時刻より撮影時刻が新しい次の画像P50に対応する画像データを1つだけ送信していたが、例えば画像P1の撮影時刻より撮影時刻が新しい次の画像データを所定の数だけ、具体的には2つ以上の画像データを端末装置7へ送信してもよい。さらに、図7の(b)において、送信制御部834は、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データの撮影時刻に前後する画像データを所定の数だけ多く端末装置7へ送信してもよい。例えば、送信制御部834は、1枚ずつ画像を端末装置7へ送信した後に、さらに1枚の画像、その後、さらに1枚の画像と、少しずつ間引き間隔(撮影時刻の間隔)を徐々に狭くして端末装置7へ送信する。
Further, in (b) of FIG. 7, the transmission control unit 834, after transmitting the image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar T1 to the terminal device 7, photographing time from the shooting time of the image P 1 is a new next image Although image data corresponding to the P 50 was sending only one, for example imaging times than the photographing time of the image P 1 is the new next image data by a predetermined number, two or more image data specifically You may transmit to the terminal device 7. Further, in FIG. 7B, the transmission control unit 834 may transmit a predetermined number of image data before and after the photographing time of the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T <b> 1 to the terminal device 7. . For example, after transmitting the images one by one to the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 gradually narrows the thinning interval (photographing time interval) little by little, one more image and then another image. To the terminal device 7.
続いて、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して後方画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであるか否かを判定する(ステップS112)。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して後方画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであると判定した場合(ステップS112:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS113へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して後方画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みでないと判定した場合(ステップS112:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS109へ戻る。
Subsequently, the determination unit 833 determines whether or not the rear image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S112). When the determination unit 833 determines that the rear image data group has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S112: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S113 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the rear image data group has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S112: No), the server 8 returns to step S109 described above.
ステップS113において、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける特徴的な画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであるか否かを判定する。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける特徴的な画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであると判定した場合(ステップS113:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS116へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける特徴的な画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みでないと判定した場合(ステップS113:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS114へ移行する。
In step S113, the determination unit 833 determines whether a characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7. To do. When the determination unit 833 determines that the characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S113: Yes). The server 8 proceeds to Step S116 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step (S113: No), the server 8 proceeds to Step S114 to be described later.
ステップS114において、送信制御部834は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける特徴的な画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、図7の(c)に示すように、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける特徴的な画像データ群である画像P99に対応する画像データ、画像P101に対応する画像データ、画像P249に対応する画像データ、画像P251に対応する画像データおよび画像P300に対応する画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。なお、図7の(c)において、送信制御部834は、特徴的な画像データ群が連続していたが、これに限定されず、特徴的な画像データ群を一定間隔毎、例えば特徴的な画像データ群に対して10枚に1枚の間隔で端末装置7へ送信してもよい。
In step S <b> 114, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits characteristic image data groups in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N <b> 100 to the terminal device 7. Specifically, as illustrated in (c) of FIG. 7, the transmission control unit 834 applies an image P 99 that is a characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7. Corresponding image data, image data corresponding to the image P 101 , image data corresponding to the image P 249 , image data corresponding to the image P 251 and image data corresponding to the image P 300 are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. In FIG. 7C, the transmission control unit 834 has a series of characteristic image data groups. However, the transmission control unit 834 is not limited to this. The image data group may be transmitted to the terminal device 7 at an interval of 1 out of 10 images.
続いて、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける特徴的な画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであるか否かを判定する(ステップS115)。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける特徴的な画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであると判定した場合(ステップS115:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS116へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける特徴的な画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みでないと判定した場合(ステップS115:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS109へ戻る。
Subsequently, the determination unit 833 determines whether the characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7. (Step S115). When determining unit 833 determines that the characteristic image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from terminal device 7 via network N100 has been transmitted to terminal device 7 (step S115: Yes). The server 8 proceeds to Step S116 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the characteristic image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S115: No), the server 8 returns to step S109 described above.
ステップS116において、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであるか否かを判定する。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであると判定した場合(ステップS116:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS119へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みでないと判定した場合(ステップS116:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS117へ移行する。
In step S116, the determination unit 833 determines whether the red image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7. When the determination unit 833 determines that the red image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S116: Yes), the server In step 8, the process proceeds to step S119 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the red image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S116: No), the server 8 proceeds to Step S117 described later.
ステップS117において、送信制御部834は、ネットワークN100を介して、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、図7の(d)に示すように、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群である画像P252に対応する画像データ、画像P253に対応する画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。
In step S117, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits the red image data group in the case image file corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 to the terminal device 7 via the network N100. Specifically, as illustrated in FIG. 7D, the transmission control unit 834 corresponds to an image P 252 that is a red image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7. Image data and image data corresponding to the image P 253 are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7.
続いて、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであるか否かを判定する(ステップS118)。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みであると判定した場合(ステップS118:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS119へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信済みでないと判定した場合(ステップS118:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS109へ移行する。
Subsequently, the determination unit 833 determines whether or not the red image data group in the image file of the case according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (Step S83). S118). When the determination unit 833 determines that the red image data group in the image file of the case corresponding to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S118: Yes), the server In step 8, the process proceeds to step S119 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the red image data group in the case image file according to the selection signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 has not been transmitted to the terminal device 7 (step S118: No), the server 8 proceeds to the above-described step S109.
ステップS119において、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける読影の終了を指示する終了信号を受信した場合(ステップS119:Yes)、サーバ8は、本処理を終了する。これに対して、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から選択信号に応じた症例の画像ファイルにおける読影の終了を指示する終了信号を受信していない場合(ステップS119:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS109へ戻る。
In step S119, when the end signal instructing the end of interpretation in the image file of the case according to the selection signal is received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S119: Yes), the server 8 ends this processing. To do. On the other hand, when the end signal instructing the end of the interpretation in the image file of the case corresponding to the selection signal is not received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S119: No), the server 8 Return to step S109.
ステップS120において、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が選択画像の変更であるか否かを判定する。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が選択画像の変更であると判定した場合(ステップS120:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS121へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が選択画像の変更でないと判定した場合(ステップS120:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS122へ移行する。
In step S120, the determination unit 833 determines whether the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is a change of the selected image. When the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is a change of the selected image (step S120: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S121 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is not a change of the selected image (step S120: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S122 described later. .
ステップS121において、送信制御部834は、操作信号に応じて選択された選択画像周辺の画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信する。具体的には、ユーザがタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を介して平均色バーT1のスライドバーT2を所望の位置にスライドさせることによって、端末装置7から選択画像の変更を指示する操作信号をサーバ8が受信した場合、送信制御部834は、操作信号に応じて選択された選択画像周辺の画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信する。ステップS121の後、サーバ8は、ステップS119へ移行する。
In step S121, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data group around the selected image selected according to the operation signal to the terminal device 7. Specifically, when the user slides the slide bar T2 of the average color bar T1 to a desired position via the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74, an operation signal instructing change of the selected image from the terminal device 7 is transmitted to the server. When 8 is received, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data group around the selected image selected according to the operation signal to the terminal device 7. After step S121, the server 8 proceeds to step S119.
図9は、サーバ8の送信制御部834が送信する選択画像周辺の画像データ群の一例を模式的に示す図である。図0において横軸が時間を示す。
FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of the image data group around the selected image transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 of the server 8. In FIG. 0, the horizontal axis indicates time.
図9に示すように、送信制御部834は、端末装置7から受信した操作信号に応じて選択された選択画像が画像Pj(j:自然数)の場合、画像Pjの画像データを送信するとともに、画像Pjの画像データの撮影時刻と前後する撮影時刻の画像データを一定の比率で端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、画像Pjの画像データの撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が新しい画像データの数が多くなる比率、例えば1:9の比率で端末装置7へ送信する。例えば、画像Pjの画像データを端末装置7へ送信した後に、画像Pjより撮影時刻が古い1枚の画像Pj-1に対応する画像データおよび画像Pjより撮影時刻が新しい9枚の画像Pj+1~画像Pj+9における各々の画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。この場合、送信制御部834は、画像Pj+1に対応する画像データを送信した後に、画像Pj-1に対応する画像データを送信する。その後、画像Pj+2~画像Pj+10の各々の画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。これにより、ユーザが所望する画像データ群を送信することができるので、ユーザが所望する画像における撮影時刻の前後間の画像データを敏速に閲覧することができる。なお、図9において、送信制御部834は、画像Pjの画像データを送信するとともに、画像Pjの画像データの撮影時刻と前後する撮影時刻の画像データを1:9の比率で端末装置7へ送信していたが、この比率を適宜変更することができる。具体的には、送信制御部834は、端末装置7のタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を介してユーザが上述した比率を変更した場合、例えば1:9から1:4に変更した場合、この1:4の比率で端末装置7から受信した操作信号に応じて選択された選択画像の画像データの撮影時刻と前後する撮影時刻の画像データを端末装置7へ送信してもよい。
As illustrated in FIG. 9, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data of the image P j when the selected image selected according to the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 is the image P j (j: natural number). At the same time, the image data of the image data of the image P j and the image data of the shooting time before and after the image data are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a constant ratio. Specifically, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data of the image P j to the terminal device 7 at a ratio that increases the number of image data with a new shooting time, for example, a ratio of 1: 9. For example, after transmitting the image data of the image P j to the terminal device 7, an image P j shooting time one image data and the image P j from shooting time corresponding to the image P j-1 of the new nine older than Each image data in the images P j + 1 to P j + 9 is transmitted to the terminal device 7. In this case, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data corresponding to the image P j−1 after transmitting the image data corresponding to the image P j + 1 . Thereafter, the image data of each of the images P j + 2 to P j + 10 is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. Thus, the image data group desired by the user can be transmitted, so that the image data before and after the photographing time in the image desired by the user can be quickly viewed. In FIG. 9, the transmission control unit 834, sends the image data of the image P j, the image data of the shooting time may be around the photographing time of the image data of the image P j 1: 9 terminal in a ratio of 7 This ratio can be changed as appropriate. Specifically, when the user changes the above-described ratio via the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7, for example, when the transmission control unit 834 changes from 1: 9 to 1: 4, the transmission control unit 834 The image data of the shooting time of the image data of the selected image selected in accordance with the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 at the ratio of 4: may be transmitted to the terminal device 7.
図10は、送信制御部834が送信する選択画像周辺の画像データ群の別の一例を模式的に示す図である。なお、図10において、送信制御部834が送信する送信順を括弧の中の数字で表す。
FIG. 10 is a diagram schematically illustrating another example of the image data group around the selected image transmitted by the transmission control unit 834. In FIG. 10, the transmission order transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 is represented by numbers in parentheses.
図10に示すように、送信制御部834は、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データ群を送信した後に、スライドバーT2の位置に対応する選択画像において撮影時刻が前後する画像データ群を送信する。続いて、送信制御部834は、特徴的な画像データ群を送信する。具体的には、図10に示すように、送信制御部834は、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像P1(1)、画像P11(2)、画像P21(3)、画像P31(4)および画像P41(5)の各々の画像データを順次送信した後に(図10の(a)→図10の(b))、スライドバーT2によって選択された画像P21(3)における撮影時刻が前後する画像P22(6)、画像P20(7)、画像P23(8)、画像P24(9)および画像P25(10)の各々を順次送信する(図10の(b)→図10(c))。続いて、送信制御部834は、スライドバーT2によって選択された画像P21(3)より撮影時刻が新しい(未来の画像)の特徴的な画像P26(11)、画像P29(12)、画像P35(13)および画像P38(14)の各々の画像データを順次送信する。これにより、ユーザが所望する画像データ群を送信することができるとともに、スライドバーT2によって選択された画像P21(3)から再生モードが切り替えられた場合であっても、瞬時に特徴的な画像の表示を行うことができる。なお、図10において、送信制御部834は、スライドバーT2によって選択された画像の撮影時刻が前後する画像を1:4の比率で端末装置7へ送信していたが、例えば2:3の比率で画像データを順次送信してもよい。この場合、送信制御部834は、撮影時刻が前後する画像データを交互に端末装置7へ送信するようにすればよい。また、送信制御部834は、スライドバーT2によって選択された画像の撮影時刻が前後する画像のうち、スライドバーT2によって選択された画像の撮影時刻より撮影画像が古い画像の画像データが端末装置7へ送信済みである場合、スライドバーT2によって選択された画像の撮影時刻より撮影時刻が新しい画像データの比率を順次送信するようにすればよい。
As shown in FIG. 10, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data group at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1, and then selects the image data group whose shooting time is before and after in the selected image corresponding to the position of the slide bar T2. Send. Subsequently, the transmission control unit 834 transmits a characteristic image data group. Specifically, as illustrated in FIG. 10, the transmission control unit 834 displays the image P 1 (1), the image P 11 (2), the image P 21 (3), and the image P at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1. After sequentially transmitting the image data of 31 (4) and image P 41 (5) ((a) in FIG. 10 → (b) in FIG. 10), the image P 21 (3) selected by the slide bar T2 Each of the image P 22 (6), the image P 20 (7), the image P 23 (8), the image P 24 (9), and the image P 25 (10) whose shooting times in FIG. (B) → FIG. 10 (c)). Subsequently, the transmission control unit 834 has a characteristic image P 26 (11), image P 29 (12), image P 21 (3), which has a new shooting time (future image) than the image P 21 (3) selected by the slide bar T2. The image data of the image P 35 (13) and the image P 38 (14) are sequentially transmitted. As a result, the image data group desired by the user can be transmitted, and even when the playback mode is switched from the image P 21 (3) selected by the slide bar T2, a characteristic image is instantly displayed. Can be displayed. In FIG. 10, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image with the shooting time of the image selected by the slide bar T2 around the terminal device 7 at a ratio of 1: 4. For example, the ratio is 2: 3. The image data may be transmitted sequentially. In this case, the transmission control unit 834 may transmit image data whose shooting time is around to the terminal device 7 alternately. In addition, the transmission control unit 834 receives image data of an image whose shooting image is older than the shooting time of the image selected by the slide bar T2 among the images whose shooting times of the image selected by the slide bar T2 are around. If the image data has already been transmitted, the ratio of the image data having a new photographing time from the photographing time of the image selected by the slide bar T2 may be sequentially transmitted.
図4に戻り、ステップS122以降の説明を続ける。
ステップS122において、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が再生モードの変更であるか否かを判定する。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が再生モードの変更であると判定した場合(ステップS122:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS123へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が再生モードの変更でないと判定した場合(ステップS122:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS124へ移行する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description of step S122 and subsequent steps will be continued.
In step S122, thedetermination unit 833 determines whether the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is a change in the playback mode. When the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is a change of the reproduction mode (step S122: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S123 described later. On the other hand, when the determination unit 833 determines that the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is not a change of the playback mode (step S122: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S124 described later. .
ステップS122において、判定部833は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が再生モードの変更であるか否かを判定する。判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が再生モードの変更であると判定した場合(ステップS122:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS123へ移行する。これに対して、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が再生モードの変更でないと判定した場合(ステップS122:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS124へ移行する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description of step S122 and subsequent steps will be continued.
In step S122, the
ステップS123において、送信制御部834は、操作信号に応じて選択された再生モードに応じた画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信する。具体的には、ユーザがタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を介して特徴画像再生モードが選択された場合、送信制御部834は、特徴画像再生モードに対応する画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信し、レッドモードが選択された場合、レッドモードに対応する画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。ステップS123の後、サーバ8は、ステップS119へ移行する。
In step S123, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data group corresponding to the reproduction mode selected according to the operation signal to the terminal device 7. Specifically, when the user selects the feature image playback mode via the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits image data groups corresponding to the feature image playback mode to the terminal device 7. When the red mode is selected, the image data group corresponding to the red mode is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. After step S123, the server 8 proceeds to step S119.
図11は、端末装置7で特徴画像再生モードが選択された場合に送信制御部834が送信する特徴画像再生モードに対応する画像データ群の一例を模式的に示す図である。図11において、横軸が時間を示す。
FIG. 11 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of an image data group corresponding to the feature image playback mode transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the feature image playback mode is selected in the terminal device 7. In FIG. 11, the horizontal axis indicates time.
図11に示すように、送信制御部834は、端末装置7で特徴画像再生モードが選択された場合、症例の画像ファイルにおいて特徴画像判定部832が所定の特徴量を有すると判定された特徴的な画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。例えば、図11に示すように、送信制御部834は、症例の画像ファイルにおいて特徴画像判定部832が所定の特徴量を有すると判定された特徴的な画像P1、画像P10、画像P50、画像P53、画像P100、画像P121、画像P200の各々の画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。これにより、ユーザが所望する特徴画像再生モードの画像データ群を敏速に端末装置7へ送信することができる。この結果、ユーザは、症例の読影を速やかに行うことができる。
As shown in FIG. 11, when the feature image playback mode is selected by the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 has the characteristic image determined by the feature image determination unit 832 having a predetermined feature amount in the case image file. The image data group is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 11, the transmission control unit 834 includes the characteristic images P 1 , P 10 , and P 50 that are determined by the feature image determination unit 832 to have a predetermined feature amount in the case image file. The image data groups of the image P 53 , the image P 100 , the image P 121 , and the image P 200 are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. Thereby, the image data group in the feature image reproduction mode desired by the user can be promptly transmitted to the terminal device 7. As a result, the user can promptly interpret the case.
図12は、端末装置7で特徴画像再生モードが選択された場合に送信制御部834が送信する特徴画像再生モードに対応する画像データ群の別の一例を模式的に示す図である。図12において、送信制御部834が送信する送信順を括弧の中の数字で表す。
FIG. 12 is a diagram schematically illustrating another example of the image data group corresponding to the feature image playback mode transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the feature image playback mode is selected in the terminal device 7. In FIG. 12, the transmission order transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 is represented by numbers in parentheses.
図12に示すように、送信制御部834は、端末装置7で特徴画像再生モードが選択された場合、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像(図10の(b)を参照)に近い特徴的な画像データを優先して端末装置7へ送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像P1、画像P11、画像P21、画像P31および画像P41に近い特徴的な画像に対応する画像データ、例えば画像P3(1)、画像P12(2)、画像P22(3)、画像P31(4)および画像P43(5)の各々の画像データを順次送信した後に、送信した特徴的な画像であって、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像P1、画像P11、画像P21、画像P31および画像P41のいずれかに近傍する特徴的な画像、例えば画像P26(6)、画像P15(7)、画像P29(8)、画像P35(9)、画像P38(10)および画像P47(11)の各々の画像データを端末装置7へ送信する(図12の(a)→図12の(b))。これにより、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像に近い特徴的な画像データを優先して送信することで、特徴画像再生モードによる症例の読影を遅延なく速やかに行うことができる。
As shown in FIG. 12, the transmission control unit 834 has a feature close to an image at a position corresponding to the average color bar T1 (see FIG. 10B) when the feature image reproduction mode is selected by the terminal device 7. Priority image data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 with priority. Specifically, the transmission control unit 834 has image data corresponding to characteristic images close to the image P 1 , the image P 11 , the image P 21 , the image P 31, and the image P 41 at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1. For example, the image P 3 (1), the image P 12 (2), the image P 22 (3), the image P 31 (4), and the image P 43 (5) are sequentially transmitted and then transmitted. A characteristic image close to one of the image P 1 , the image P 11 , the image P 21 , the image P 31, and the image P 41 at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1, for example, the image P 26 The image data of (6), image P 15 (7), image P 29 (8), image P 35 (9), image P 38 (10) and image P 47 (11) is transmitted to the terminal device 7. ((A) in FIG. 12 → (b) in FIG. 12). Thus, by preferentially transmitting characteristic image data close to the image at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1, it is possible to quickly read the case in the characteristic image reproduction mode without delay.
図13は、端末装置7でレッドモードが選択された場合に送信制御部834が送信するレッドモードに対応する画像データ群の一例を模式的に示す図である。図13において、横軸が時間を示す。
FIG. 13 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of an image data group corresponding to the red mode transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the red mode is selected by the terminal device 7. In FIG. 13, the horizontal axis indicates time.
図13に示すように、送信制御部834は、端末装置7でレッドモードが選択された場合、症例の画像ファイルにおける赤色画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信する。具体的には、図13に示すように、送信制御部834は、症例の画像ファイル内における赤色画像P1、画像P100、画像P200、画像P250、画像P400の各々の赤色画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信する。これにより、ユーザが所望するレッドモードの画像データ群を敏速に端末装置7へ送信することができる。この結果、ユーザは、症例の読影を速やかに行うことができる。
As illustrated in FIG. 13, when the red mode is selected in the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 sequentially transmits the red image data group in the case image file to the terminal device 7. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 13, the transmission control unit 834 performs red image data for each of the red image P 1 , the image P 100 , the image P 200 , the image P 250 , and the image P 400 in the case image file. Are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7. Thereby, the image data group of the red mode desired by the user can be promptly transmitted to the terminal device 7. As a result, the user can promptly interpret the case.
図4に戻り、ステップS124以降の説明を続ける。
ステップS124において、ユーザが端末装置7のタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することにより、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ送りを指示する指示信号であった場合(ステップS124:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS125へ移行する。これに対して、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ送りを指示する指示信号でなかった場合(ステップS124:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS126へ移行する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description of step S124 and subsequent steps will be continued.
In step S124, when the user operates thetouch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7, the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 through the network N100 is an instruction signal instructing frame advance of the image. (Step S124: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to Step S125 described later. On the other hand, when the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is not an instruction signal for instructing frame advance of an image (step S124: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S126 described later. .
ステップS124において、ユーザが端末装置7のタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することにより、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ送りを指示する指示信号であった場合(ステップS124:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS125へ移行する。これに対して、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ送りを指示する指示信号でなかった場合(ステップS124:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS126へ移行する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description of step S124 and subsequent steps will be continued.
In step S124, when the user operates the
ステップS125において、送信制御部834は、コマ送り側を優先して画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。ステップS125の後、サーバ8は、ステップS119へ移行する。
In step S125, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data to the terminal device 7 with priority given to the frame sending side. After step S125, the server 8 proceeds to step S119.
図14は、送信制御部834が送信するコマ送りの画像データ群の一例を模式的に示す図である。なお、図14では、端末装置7で特徴画像再生モードが選択された後に、コマ送りアイコンA111が操作された場合に送信制御部834が送信するコマ送りの画像データの一例を示す。また、図14においては、送信制御部834が送信する送信順を括弧の中の数字で表す。さらに、図14において、説明を簡略化するため、送信制御部834が送信する送信順、比率および枚数は、あくまでも例示にすぎず、適宜変更することができる。
FIG. 14 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of a frame advance image data group transmitted by the transmission control unit 834. FIG. 14 shows an example of frame advance image data transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the frame advance icon A111 is operated after the feature image reproduction mode is selected on the terminal device 7. In FIG. 14, the transmission order transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 is represented by numbers in parentheses. Furthermore, in FIG. 14, in order to simplify the description, the transmission order, the ratio, and the number of transmissions transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 are merely examples, and can be changed as appropriate.
図14に示すように、送信制御部834は、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像(図10の(b)を参照)に近い特徴的な画像P3(1)、画像P12(2)、画像P22(3)、画像P31(4)および画像P43(5)を送信した後に、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ送りを指示する指示信号を受信した場合、コマ送りに必要な画像データを優先して送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、表示部72が画像P22(3)を表示している際に、コマ送りアイコンA111が操作された場合、画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後する特徴的な画像データを一定の比率、例えば1:4の比率になるように画像P26(6)、画像P15(7)、画像P29(8)、画像P35(9)および画像P38(10)の各々の画像データを端末装置7へ送信する(図14の(a)→図14の(b))。
As shown in FIG. 14, the transmission control unit 834 has characteristic images P 3 (1) and P 12 (2) that are close to the image at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 (see FIG. 10B). ), The image P 22 (3), the image P 31 (4), and the image P 43 (5), and then the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 instructs the frame advance of the image. When image data is received, image data necessary for frame advance is preferentially transmitted. Specifically, when the frame advance icon A111 is operated while the display unit 72 displays the image P 22 (3), the transmission control unit 834 uses the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) as a reference. The image P 26 (6), the image P 15 (7), the image P 29 (8), and the image P 35 are set so that the characteristic image data whose shooting time is before and after the image data are in a certain ratio, for example, a ratio of 1: 4. The image data of (9) and image P 38 (10) are transmitted to the terminal device 7 ((a) in FIG. 14 → (b) in FIG. 14).
その後、送信制御部834は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ送りを指示する指示信号を受信した場合、ユーザが画像P22(3)の撮影時刻より新しい撮影時刻(前方方向)の方へスライドバーT2を移動させたり、コマ送りアイコンA111が連続的に操作させたりする可能性が高いので、画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が新しい画像データの数が多くなる比率、例えば1:4の比率で画像P22(3)を基準に撮影時刻が新しい画像データの数を多くして、コマ送りに必要な画像データを優先して送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、画像P22(3)を基準に撮影時刻が新しい4コマ(4枚)の画像P23(11)、画像P24(12)、画像P25(13)、画像P27(14)の各々の画像データを優先して端末装置7へ送信するとともに、画像P22(3)から撮影時刻が古い1コマ(1枚)の画像データを他の画像データ群より優先して端末装置7へ送信する(図14の(b)→図14の(c))。なお、図14の(c)においては、既に画像P22(3)の画像データが端末装置7へ送信されているため、送信制御部834は、画像P22(3)の撮影時刻より古い画像の画像データ、例えば画像P21の画像データを送信するようにしてもよい。これにより、サーバ8は、コマ送りに必要な画像データを遅延なく送信することができる。この結果、ユーザは、頻繁に画像の閲覧順を変更するような読影ワークフローであっても、コマ送りで症例の読影を速やかに行うことができる。
Thereafter, when the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 receives an instruction signal instructing frame advance of an image, the transmission control unit 834 captures a newer image than the image P 22 (3) image capture time. Since there is a high possibility that the slide bar T2 is moved toward the time (forward direction) or the frame advance icon A111 is operated continuously, the shooting time is new based on the shooting time of the image P 22 (3). Increase the number of image data with a new shooting time based on the image P 22 (3) at a ratio that increases the number of image data, for example, a ratio of 1: 4, and prioritizes transmission of image data necessary for frame advance. To do. Specifically, the transmission control unit 834 uses the image P 22 (3) as a reference and images P 23 (11), image P 24 (12), and image P 25 (13) of four frames (four frames) with new shooting times. ), The image data of the image P 27 (14) is preferentially transmitted to the terminal device 7, and the image data of one frame (one frame) whose shooting time is old from the image P 22 (3) is changed to other image data. The data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 with priority over the group ((b) in FIG. 14 → (c) in FIG. 14). In FIG. 14C, since the image data of the image P 22 (3) has already been transmitted to the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 displays an image older than the shooting time of the image P 22 (3). image data of, for example, may be transmitted to the image data of the image P 21. Thereby, the server 8 can transmit image data required for frame advance without delay. As a result, the user can promptly interpret the case by frame-by-frame even in an interpretation workflow that frequently changes the browsing order of images.
また、図14においては、説明を簡略化するため、コマ送りアイコンA111が操作された場合、送信制御部834が画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後する特徴的な画像データおよび画像データの各々を1:4の比率で端末装置7へ送信していたが、この比率や送信する画像データの数は適宜変更することができる。例えば、送信制御部834が画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後する画像データの各々を2:5の比率になるように撮影時刻が古い画像データと撮影時刻が新しい画像データとの数を調整して端末装置7へ送信するようにしてもよい。さらに、図14においては、コマ送りアイコンA111が操作された場合、送信制御部834が画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後し、かつ互いに撮影時刻が隣接する画像P23(11)、画像P24(12)、画像P25(13)、画像P27(14)および画像P22(3)の各々の画像データを送信していたが、例えば所定の時間間隔で前後する画像データまたは特徴的な画像データを端末装置7へ送信するようにしてもよい。
Also, in FIG. 14, in order to simplify the description, when the frame advance icon A111 is operated, the transmission control unit 834 has a characteristic image in which the shooting time varies around the shooting time of the image P 22 (3). Each of the data and the image data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a ratio of 1: 4. However, the ratio and the number of image data to be transmitted can be changed as appropriate. For example, the transmission control unit 834 sets the image data with the old shooting time and the new shooting time so that each piece of the image data whose shooting time is before and after the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) has a ratio of 2: 5. The number of data may be adjusted and transmitted to the terminal device 7. Further, in FIG. 14, when the frame advance icon A111 is operated, the transmission control unit 834 causes the image P 23 whose shooting time is adjacent to each other with the shooting time around and based on the shooting time of the image P 22 (3). The image data of (11), image P 24 (12), image P 25 (13), image P 27 (14), and image P 22 (3) have been transmitted. The image data to be performed or characteristic image data may be transmitted to the terminal device 7.
上述したコマ送りの送信状況下において、端末装置7の記録制御部763は、画像P23(11)、画像P24(12)、画像P25(13)、画像P27(14)の各々の画像データを端末装置7の一時記録部753に一時的に記録する。その後、端末装置7の記録制御部763は、再度、読影中の症例ファイル内において、再度、コマ送りが選択され、一時記録部753が記録可能なデータ容量を超える場合、記録された時間が最も遅い画像データから順次削除するようにしてもよい。このとき、端末装置7の記録制御部763は、平均色バーT1の位置に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データが一時記録部753に一時的に記録されている場合、平均色バーT1の位置に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データを削除せず、他の時間が最も遅い画像データから順次削除する。これにより、ユーザが再生モードを切り替えた場合であって、端末装置7の一時記録部753に平均色バーT1の時間に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データが記録されているので、サーバ8からダウンロードすることなく、速やかに症例の読影を行うことができる。また、端末装置7の表示制御部761は、一時記録部753に記録された画像データに基づいて、既にユーザが読影を行った画像データに対応する画像を識別可能、例えばマークや文字等を付加して表示部72に表示させてもよい。さらに、端末装置7の表示制御部761は、既にユーザが読影を行った画像データに対応する画像を識別できるように平均色バーT1の近傍に読影済みであることを示す情報、例えばバーやマークを表示部72に表示させてもよい。もちろん、端末装置7の表示制御部761は、既にユーザが読影を行った画像データに対応する画像をハイライト表示したり、強調表示したりして表示部72に表示させてもよい。
Under the above-described frame advance transmission situation, the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 performs each of the image P 23 (11), the image P 24 (12), the image P 25 (13), and the image P 27 (14). The image data is temporarily recorded in the temporary recording unit 753 of the terminal device 7. After that, the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 again selects the frame advance again in the case file being interpreted, and when the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, the recorded time is the longest. You may make it delete sequentially from slow image data. At this time, when the image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar T1 and the characteristic image data are temporarily recorded in the temporary recording unit 753, the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 stores the average color bar T1. The image data corresponding to the position and the characteristic image data are not deleted, and the image data is deleted sequentially from the image data with the latest time. Thus, when the user switches the playback mode, the image data corresponding to the time of the average color bar T1 and the characteristic image data are recorded in the temporary recording unit 753 of the terminal device 7, so that the server 8 Cases can be read quickly without downloading from the site. Further, the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 can identify an image corresponding to the image data that the user has already interpreted based on the image data recorded in the temporary recording unit 753, for example, adding a mark, a character, or the like Then, it may be displayed on the display unit 72. Further, the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 can display information indicating that the image has been read in the vicinity of the average color bar T1 so that an image corresponding to the image data that the user has already read can be identified, for example, a bar or mark May be displayed on the display unit 72. Of course, the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 may display an image corresponding to the image data that has already been interpreted by the user on the display unit 72 by highlighting or highlighting the image.
図4に戻り、ステップS126以降の説明を続ける。
ステップS126において、ユーザが端末装置7のタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することにより、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ戻りを指示する指示信号であった場合(ステップS126:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS127へ移行する。これに対して、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ戻りを指示する指示信号でなかった場合(ステップS126:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS119へ移行する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description of step S126 and subsequent steps will be continued.
In step S126, when the user operates thetouch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7, the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is an instruction signal instructing image frame return. (Step S126: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to Step S127 described later. On the other hand, when the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 is not an instruction signal for instructing the frame return of the image (step S126: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S119 described later. .
ステップS126において、ユーザが端末装置7のタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することにより、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ戻りを指示する指示信号であった場合(ステップS126:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS127へ移行する。これに対して、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ戻りを指示する指示信号でなかった場合(ステップS126:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS119へ移行する。 Returning to FIG. 4, the description of step S126 and subsequent steps will be continued.
In step S126, when the user operates the
ステップS127において、送信制御部834は、コマ戻り側を優先して画像データを端末装置7へ送信する。ステップS127の後、サーバ8は、ステップS119へ移行する。
In step S127, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data to the terminal device 7 with priority given to the frame return side. After step S127, the server 8 proceeds to step S119.
図15は、送信制御部834が送信するコマ戻りの画像データ群の一例を模式的に示す図である。なお、図15では、端末装置7で特徴画像再生モードが選択された後に、コマ戻りアイコンA112が操作された場合に送信制御部834が送信するコマ戻りの画像データの一例を示す。また、図15においては、送信制御部834が送信する送信順を括弧の中の数字で表す。さらに、図15において、説明を簡略化するため、送信制御部834が送信する送信順、比率および枚数は、あくまでも例示にすぎず、適宜変更することができる。
FIG. 15 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of a frame return image data group transmitted by the transmission control unit 834. FIG. 15 shows an example of frame return image data transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 when the frame return icon A112 is operated after the feature image playback mode is selected on the terminal device 7. In FIG. 15, the transmission order transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 is represented by numbers in parentheses. Further, in FIG. 15, in order to simplify the description, the transmission order, the ratio, and the number of transmissions transmitted by the transmission control unit 834 are merely examples, and can be changed as appropriate.
図15に示すように、送信制御部834は、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像(図10の(b)を参照)に近い特徴的な画像P3(1)、画像P12(2)、画像P22(3)、画像P31(4)および画像P43(5)を送信した後に、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ戻りを指示する指示信号を受信した場合、コマ送りに必要な画像データを優先して送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、表示部72が画像P22(3)を表示している際に、コマ戻りアイコンA112が操作された場合、画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後する特徴的な画像データを一定の比率、例えば1:4の比率になるように画像P26(6)、画像P15(7)、画像P29(8)、画像P35(9)および画像P38(10)の各々の画像データを端末装置7へ送信する(図15の(a)→図15の(b))。
As shown in FIG. 15, the transmission control unit 834 has characteristic images P 3 (1) and P 12 (2) close to the image at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 (see FIG. 10B). ), The image P 22 (3), the image P 31 (4), and the image P 43 (5), and then the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 instructs the frame return of the image. When image data is received, image data necessary for frame advance is preferentially transmitted. Specifically, the transmission control unit 834, when the display unit 72 is displaying the image P 22 (3), if the frame return icon A112 is operated, based on the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) The image P 26 (6), the image P 15 (7), the image P 29 (8), and the image P 35 are set so that the characteristic image data whose shooting time is before and after the image data are in a certain ratio, for example, a ratio of 1: 4. The image data of (9) and image P 38 (10) are transmitted to the terminal device 7 ((a) in FIG. 15 → (b) in FIG. 15).
その後、送信制御部834は、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から受信した操作信号が画像のコマ戻りを指示する指示信号を受信した場合、ユーザが画像P22(3)の撮影時刻より古い撮影時刻(後方方向)の方へスライドバーT2を移動させたり、コマ戻りアイコンA112が連続的に操作させたりすることによって、画像P22(3)の撮影時刻より前の画像に戻す可能性が高いので、画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後する画像データを送信する比率を、例えば1:1とし、コマ送りの時と比べて画像P22(3)の撮影時刻より古い画像データの数を多くして、コマ戻りに必要な画像データを優先して送信する。具体的には、送信制御部834は、表示部72が画像P21(11)を表示している際に、コマ戻りアイコンA112が操作された場合、画像P21(11)の2コマ(2枚)前の画像P20(12)、画像P19(13)の各々の画像データを送信するとともに、画像P21(11)より2コマ(2枚)後の画像P22(3)(既に送信済み画像データ)、画像P23(14)の各々の画像データを他の画像データ群より優先して端末装置7へ順次送信する(図15の(b)→図15の(c))。これにより、サーバ8は、コマ戻りに必要な画像データを遅延なく送信することができる。この結果、ユーザは、コマ戻りで症例の読影を速やかに行うことができる。
Thereafter, when the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 receives the instruction signal instructing the frame return of the image, the transmission control unit 834 captures an image that is older than the image P 22 (3). There is a high possibility of returning to the image before the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) by moving the slide bar T2 toward the time (backward direction) or continuously operating the frame return icon A112. Therefore, the ratio of transmitting the image data whose shooting time is before and after the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) is set to 1: 1, for example, compared with the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) as compared with the case of frame advance. The number of old image data is increased, and image data necessary for frame return is preferentially transmitted. Specifically, when the frame return icon A112 is operated while the display unit 72 is displaying the image P 21 (11), the transmission control unit 834 displays two frames (2) of the image P 21 (11). Image) The image data of each of the previous image P 20 (12) and image P 19 (13) is transmitted, and image P 22 (3) (already two frames after image P 21 (11)) (already The image data of the transmitted image data) and the image P 23 (14) are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 with priority over the other image data groups ((b) in FIG. 15 → (c) in FIG. 15). Thereby, the server 8 can transmit the image data required for the frame return without delay. As a result, the user can promptly interpret the case by returning frames.
また、図15においては、説明を簡略化するため、コマ戻りアイコンA112が操作された場合、送信制御部834が画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後する特徴的な画像データおよび画像データの各々を1:1の比率で端末装置7へ送信していたが、この比率や送信する画像データの数は適宜変更することができる。例えば、送信制御部834が画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後する画像データの各々を3:2の比率になるように撮影時刻が古い画像データと撮影時刻が新しい画像データとの数を調整して端末装置7へ送信するようにしてもよい。さらに、図15においては、コマ戻りアイコンA112が操作された場合、送信制御部834が画像P22(3)の撮影時刻を基準に撮影時刻が前後し、かつ互いに撮影時刻が隣接する画像P21(11)、画像P20(12)、画像P19(13)、画像P23(14)および画像P22(3)の各々の画像データを送信していたが、例えば所定の時間間隔で前後する画像データまたは特徴的な画像データを端末装置7へ送信するようにしてもよい。
In FIG. 15, for the sake of simplification of description, when the frame return icon A112 is operated, the transmission control unit 834 has a characteristic image in which the shooting time varies around the shooting time of the image P 22 (3). Each of the data and the image data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a ratio of 1: 1, but this ratio and the number of image data to be transmitted can be changed as appropriate. For example, the transmission control unit 834 sets the image data whose shooting time is before and after the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) so that the ratio of the image data is 3: 2, and the image with the new shooting time. The number of data may be adjusted and transmitted to the terminal device 7. Further, in FIG. 15, when the frame return icon A112 is operated, the transmission control unit 834 causes the image P 21 whose shooting times are around and based on the shooting time of the image P 22 (3) and whose shooting times are adjacent to each other. The image data of (11), image P 20 (12), image P 19 (13), image P 23 (14), and image P 22 (3) has been transmitted. The image data to be performed or characteristic image data may be transmitted to the terminal device 7.
図4に戻り説明を続ける。
ステップS103において、ネットワークN100および通信部81を介して選択信号を受信していない場合(ステップS103:No)について説明する。この場合、サーバ8は、ステップS128へ移行する。 Returning to FIG.
A case where the selection signal is not received via the network N100 and thecommunication unit 81 in step S103 (step S103: No) will be described. In this case, the server 8 proceeds to step S128.
ステップS103において、ネットワークN100および通信部81を介して選択信号を受信していない場合(ステップS103:No)について説明する。この場合、サーバ8は、ステップS128へ移行する。 Returning to FIG.
A case where the selection signal is not received via the network N100 and the
続いて、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7からログアウトを指示する指示信号が入力されたとき(ステップS128:Yes)、サーバ8は、本処理を終了する。この場合、端末装置7の記録制御部763は、一時記録部753に記録された症例の画像データを一時記録部753から削除しなくてもよい。これにより、再度、ユーザが端末装置7を用いて同じ症例の読影を行う場合において、この選択された症例の画像データが一時記録部753に記録されているとき、端末装置7とサーバ8との間で通信を行うことなく、表示制御部761が一時記録部753に記録された症例の画像データ群を表示部72に表示させることで、症例の読影を行うことができる。この結果、読影を行う症例の画像データ群を遅延なく再生して表示することができるとともに、通信費を抑制することができる。
Subsequently, when an instruction signal for instructing logout is input from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S128: Yes), the server 8 ends this process. In this case, the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 may not delete the case image data recorded in the temporary recording unit 753 from the temporary recording unit 753. Thereby, when the user performs interpretation of the same case again using the terminal device 7, when the image data of the selected case is recorded in the temporary recording unit 753, the terminal device 7 and the server 8 The case can be read by causing the display control unit 761 to display the image data group of the case recorded in the temporary recording unit 753 on the display unit 72 without performing communication between them. As a result, it is possible to reproduce and display the image data group of the case to be interpreted without delay, and to suppress the communication cost.
また、端末装置7の記録制御部763は、一時記録部753が記録可能なデータ容量に限界があるため、ユーザが沢山の症例を選択した場合、全ての症例の画像データ群を一時記録部753に記録させることが難しいので、一時記録部753が記録可能なデータ容量を超えるとき、記録された時間が最も遅い画像データから順次削除するようにしてもよい。この場合、端末装置7の記録制御部763は、平均色バーT1の位置に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データが一時記録部753に一時的に記録されているとき、端末装置7の電源がオフ状態または症例を読影するアプリが再起動する等の一定のタイミングまで、平均色バーT1の位置に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データを削除せず、他の時間が最も遅い画像データ、例えばコマ送りで使用された画像データ等から順次削除する。もちろん、端末装置7の記録制御部763は、症例毎に優先度や重み付け、例えばサーバ8からダウンロードした新しい順に重み付けを行い、一時記録部753が記録可能なデータ容量を超える場合、優先度や重み付けが低い症例の平均色バーT1の位置に対応する画像データおよび特徴的な画像データを一時記録部753から削除してもよい。
Further, since the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 has a limited data capacity that can be recorded by the temporary recording unit 753, when the user selects many cases, the image data group of all cases is temporarily recorded by the temporary recording unit 753. Therefore, when the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, it may be deleted sequentially from the image data with the latest recorded time. In this case, the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 supplies power to the terminal device 7 when image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar T1 and characteristic image data are temporarily recorded in the temporary recording unit 753. The image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar T1 and the characteristic image data are not deleted until a certain timing, such as when the application is turned off or the application for image interpretation is restarted. For example, the image data used for frame advance is sequentially deleted. Of course, the recording control unit 763 of the terminal device 7 prioritizes and weights for each case, for example, weights in the new order downloaded from the server 8, and if the temporary recording unit 753 exceeds the recordable data capacity, the priority or weighting is performed. The image data and the characteristic image data corresponding to the position of the average color bar T1 of the case with a low value may be deleted from the temporary recording unit 753.
ステップS128において、ネットワークN100を介して端末装置7からログアウトを指示する指示信号が入力されていないとき(ステップS128:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS103へ戻る。
In step S128, when the instruction signal for instructing logout is not input from the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S128: No), the server 8 returns to step S103 described above.
このように症例の読影ワークフロー時において、サーバ8は、判定部833がネットワークN100を介して端末装置7から送信された操作信号の内容を判定し、送信制御部834が判定部833の判定結果に基づいて、端末装置7で選択された症例の画像ファイルにおける画像データ群を最適な順番で端末装置7へ順次送信する。これにより、ユーザが選択した症例の画像ファイルの画像データ群をユーザの読影ワークフローに従って画像の表示遅延を抑制することができる。
As described above, in the case interpretation workflow, the server 8 determines the content of the operation signal transmitted from the terminal device 7 by the determination unit 833 via the network N100, and the transmission control unit 834 displays the determination result of the determination unit 833. Based on this, the image data group in the image file of the case selected by the terminal device 7 is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 in an optimal order. Thereby, the display delay of the image data group of the image file of the case selected by the user can be suppressed according to the user's interpretation workflow.
以上説明した本発明の一実施の形態によれば、送信制御部834が端末装置7から記録部82が記録する複数の画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を受信した場合、端末装置7で設定された読影ワークフローと端末装置7が入力を受け付けた操作信号とに基づいて、端末装置7の表示部72によって表示される画像を閲覧するための最適な送信順で画像データ群を端末装置7へ順次送信するので、通信速度が不安定で低速な回線を経由して大容量の画像データをダウンロードする場合であっても、医師の読影ワークフローを考慮した伝送順で、カプセル型内視鏡が撮影した画像データ群を送信することができるので、読影を行う症例の画像データ群を遅延なく再生して表示することができるとともに、通信費を抑制することができる。
According to the embodiment of the present invention described above, when the transmission control unit 834 receives a request signal for requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit 82 from the terminal device 7, Based on the interpretation workflow set in the terminal device 7 and the operation signal received by the terminal device 7, the image data group in the optimal transmission order for browsing the image displayed by the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7. Are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7, so that even if a large amount of image data is downloaded via a low-speed line with an unstable communication speed, the capsule type is used in the order of transmission in consideration of the doctor's interpretation workflow. Since the image data group captured by the endoscope can be transmitted, the image data group of the case to be interpreted can be reproduced and displayed without delay, and the communication cost can be reduced. Door can be.
また、本発明の一実施の形態によれば、端末装置7から操作信号を受信していない場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローに従って、送信制御部834が画像データ群のうち一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信することによって、画像データ群の全体を俯瞰しながら閲覧する場合において、症例の読影に必要または重要な画像データを優先的に送信するので、大容量の画像データ群を不連続かつ高速に閲覧する読影ワークフローを行うときであっても、医者等のユーザが遅延なく閲覧することができる。
In addition, according to the embodiment of the present invention, when no operation signal is received from the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 is generated according to a certain rule in the image data group according to an interpretation workflow executed by the user. By sequentially transmitting the image data to the terminal device 7, image data necessary or important for interpretation of the case is preferentially transmitted when viewing the entire image data group while looking down on the entire image data group. Even when an interpretation workflow for browsing data groups discontinuously and quickly is performed, a user such as a doctor can browse without delay.
また、本発明の一実施の形態によれば、送信制御部834が複数の画像データのうち平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データを他の画像データに比して優先的に端末装置7へ順次送信するので、頻繁に画像の閲覧順を変更するような読影ワークフローであっても、医者等のユーザが遅延なく閲覧することができるので、読影作業を効率的に行うことができる。
Further, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the transmission control unit 834 preferentially selects the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 among the plurality of image data compared to the other image data. Therefore, even in an interpretation workflow that frequently changes the image viewing order, a user such as a doctor can browse without delay, so that the interpretation work can be performed efficiently.
また、本発明の一実施の形態によれば、送信制御部834が平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データを端末装置7へ送信した後に、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データにおける撮影時刻より撮影時刻が新しい次の画像データを所定の数だけ端末装置7へ送信する、または平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データの撮影時刻に前後する画像データを所定の比率で端末装置7へ送信するので、頻繁に画像の閲覧順を変更するような読影ワークフローであっても、医者等のユーザが遅延なく閲覧することができるので、読影作業を効率的に行うことができる。
Further, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 to the terminal device 7, and then the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1. A predetermined number of pieces of next image data whose shooting time is newer than the shooting time are transmitted to the terminal device 7, or image data that is around the shooting time of the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 at a predetermined ratio. 7, even an interpretation workflow that frequently changes the browsing order of images can be viewed without delay by a user such as a doctor, so that the interpretation work can be performed efficiently.
また、本発明の一実施の形態によれば、送信制御部834が平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データを端末装置7へ送信した後に、画像データ群のうち所定の特徴量を有する特徴的な画像データを順次送信し、かつ、特徴的な画像データを送信した後に赤色画像データを端末装置7へ順次送信するので、端末装置7で再生モードが通常モードから特徴画像再生モードまたはレッドモードに切り替えられた場合であっても、遅延なく再生して表示することができるので、読影作業を効率的に行うことができる。
Further, according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 to the terminal device 7, the feature having a predetermined feature amount in the image data group. Image data is sequentially transmitted, and red image data is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 after transmitting the characteristic image data. Therefore, the terminal device 7 changes the playback mode from the normal mode to the characteristic image playback mode or the red mode. Even when switched to, the image can be reproduced and displayed without delay, so that the interpretation work can be performed efficiently.
また、本発明の一実施の形態によれば、送信制御部834が端末装置7から画像データ群のうち所定の画像データを選択する選択信号を受信した場合、選択信号に応じた画像データを送信するとともに、この画像データと撮影時刻が前後する2つの画像データをそれぞれ端末装置7へ順次送信するので、コマ送りで画像を閲覧する場合であっても、遅延なく再生して表示することができる。
According to one embodiment of the present invention, when the transmission control unit 834 receives a selection signal for selecting predetermined image data from the image data group from the terminal device 7, the image data corresponding to the selection signal is transmitted. In addition, since the image data and the two image data whose shooting times are before and after are sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7, even when browsing the images by frame advance, they can be reproduced and displayed without delay. .
また、本発明の一実施の形態によれば、送信制御部834が選択信号に応じた画像データと時間的に前後する位置の画像データをそれぞれ送信した後に、この選択信号に応じた画像データと2つの画像データのうち撮影時刻が後の画像データより撮影時刻が新しい画像データを一定の比率で端末装置7へ順次送信するので、頻繁に画像の閲覧順を変更するような読影ワークフローであっても、遅延なく再生して表示することができるので、医者等のユーザが読影作業を効率的に行うことができる。
In addition, according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the transmission control unit 834 transmits the image data corresponding to the selection signal and the image data at positions that are temporally changed, the image data corresponding to the selection signal An image interpretation workflow that frequently changes the image browsing order because image data having a new photographing time is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a constant ratio from the image data having a photographing time later than the image data of the two image data. However, since it is possible to reproduce and display without delay, a user such as a doctor can efficiently perform the interpretation work.
また、本発明の一実施の形態によれば、端末装置7から症例の画像ファイルを選択する選択信号を受信した場合、この症例の画像ファイルにおける画像データ群を撮影時刻が最も古い画像データから順次送信することなく、判定部833が端末装置7から受信した操作信号およびユーザが実施する読影ワークフローを順次判断し、送信制御部834が判定部833の判定結果に応じて、ユーザが次に必要となる可能性が高い画像データを他の画像データに比して優先的に端末装置7へ送信することによって、医者等のユーザが読影作業を効率的に行うことができる。
Further, according to the embodiment of the present invention, when a selection signal for selecting a case image file is received from the terminal device 7, the image data groups in the case image file are sequentially selected from the image data having the oldest imaging time. Without transmission, the determination unit 833 sequentially determines the operation signal received from the terminal device 7 and the interpretation workflow performed by the user, and the transmission control unit 834 next requires the user according to the determination result of the determination unit 833. By transmitting image data that has a high possibility of being preferentially transmitted to the terminal device 7 in comparison with other image data, a user such as a doctor can efficiently perform an image interpretation operation.
また、本発明の一実施の形態では、送信制御部834が端末装置7で選択された症例の平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データを送信した後に、端末装置7から操作信号を受信していない場合、症例の画像データ群のうち平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データにおける撮影時刻より撮影時刻が新しい次の画像データを一定の比率で端末装置7へ送信した後に、特徴的な画像データ群および赤色画像データ群を送信していたが、画像データ群を送信する順番は、適宜変更することができる。例えば、送信制御部834は、端末装置7からアクセスがあった場合、この端末装置7から送信される端末装置7の識別情報または端末装置7のユーザ情報等に基づいて、ユーザが過去に読影を行った症例の履歴、端末装置7で行ったユーザの操作履歴または読影ワークフローに従って端末装置7へ送信する画像データ群の順番を入れ替えたり、送信順を飛ばしたりして端末装置7へ送信してもよい。もちろん、送信制御部834が端末装置7へ送信する画像データ群の順番は、ユーザが端末装置7のタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することによって適宜変更することができる。さらに、送信制御部834が端末装置7へ送信する画像データ群の順番は、再生モードによらず、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像データを他の画像データに比して優先的に送信したり、特徴的な画像データ群のうち他の特徴的な画像データより変化量が大きい特徴的な画像データのみを送信したり、キャプチャー済み画像データがある場合、このキャプチャー済み画像データを送信するとともに、このキャプチャー済み画像データの撮影時刻と前後する画像データを一定の比率や枚数で送信したりする等の種々のバリエーションを想定することができるが、これらのバリエーションや送信順は、ユーザが端末装置7のタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することによって適宜変更することができるし、端末装置7でユーザが操作した操作履歴等に基づいて適宜変更するようにしてもよい。
In one embodiment of the present invention, the transmission control unit 834 receives the operation signal from the terminal device 7 after transmitting the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 of the case selected by the terminal device 7. If not, the next image data that is newer than the shooting time in the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 in the group of image data of the case is transmitted to the terminal device 7 at a certain ratio. Although the image data group and the red image data group have been transmitted, the order of transmitting the image data group can be changed as appropriate. For example, when there is an access from the terminal device 7, the transmission control unit 834 interprets the user in the past based on the identification information of the terminal device 7 transmitted from the terminal device 7 or the user information of the terminal device 7. Even if the order of the image data group transmitted to the terminal device 7 is changed according to the history of cases performed, the operation history of the user performed on the terminal device 7 or the interpretation workflow, or the transmission order is skipped, the data is transmitted to the terminal device 7. Good. Of course, the order of the image data group that the transmission control unit 834 transmits to the terminal device 7 can be changed as appropriate by the user operating the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7. Furthermore, the order of the image data group that the transmission control unit 834 transmits to the terminal device 7 is preferentially transmitted over the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar T1 as compared to the other image data, regardless of the reproduction mode. Or only the characteristic image data whose amount of change is larger than other characteristic image data in the characteristic image data group, or when there is captured image data, this captured image data is transmitted. In addition, it is possible to assume various variations such as transmitting the captured image data at the shooting time and the image data before and after the image data at a certain ratio or number. It can be changed as appropriate by operating the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 of the device 7, It may be changed as appropriate based on the created operation history and the like.
(その他の実施の形態)
〔実再生フレームレートの表示処理〕
次に、ユーザが端末装置7を用いて、ユーザが所望の症例に対し、読影ワークフローに従った読影作業を行う際に、サーバ8が実行する実再生フレームレートの表示処理について説明する。図16は、サーバ8が実行する実再生フレームレートの表示処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 (Other embodiments)
[Display processing of actual playback frame rate]
Next, the display process of the actual reproduction frame rate executed by theserver 8 when the user performs an interpretation work according to the interpretation workflow for a desired case using the terminal device 7 will be described. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an overview of display processing of the actual playback frame rate executed by the server 8.
〔実再生フレームレートの表示処理〕
次に、ユーザが端末装置7を用いて、ユーザが所望の症例に対し、読影ワークフローに従った読影作業を行う際に、サーバ8が実行する実再生フレームレートの表示処理について説明する。図16は、サーバ8が実行する実再生フレームレートの表示処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 (Other embodiments)
[Display processing of actual playback frame rate]
Next, the display process of the actual reproduction frame rate executed by the
図16に示すように、まず、実再生フレームレート算出部835は、所定時間(例えば1秒)における画像表示枚数情報および設定フレームレート情報の各々を要求する指示信号を端末装置7へ送信する(ステップS201)。この場合、端末装置7は、所定時間(例えば1秒)に表示部72に表示した画像の表示枚数に関する画像表示枚数情報および設定フレームレート情報の各々をサーバ8へ送信する。
As shown in FIG. 16, first, the actual playback frame rate calculation unit 835 transmits an instruction signal requesting each of image display number information and set frame rate information for a predetermined time (for example, 1 second) to the terminal device 7 ( Step S201). In this case, the terminal device 7 transmits to the server 8 each of the image display number information and the set frame rate information regarding the display number of images displayed on the display unit 72 at a predetermined time (for example, 1 second).
続いて、端末装置7から画像表示枚数情報および設定フレームレート情報を受信した場合(ステップS202:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS203へ移行する。これに対して、端末装置7から画像表示枚数情報および設定フレームレート情報を受信していない場合(ステップS202:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS201へ戻る。
Subsequently, when the image display number information and the set frame rate information are received from the terminal device 7 (step S202: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S203 described later. On the other hand, when the image display number information and the set frame rate information are not received from the terminal device 7 (step S202: No), the server 8 returns to step S201 described above.
ステップS203において、実再生フレームレート算出部835は、端末装置7から受信した端末装置7の表示部72が所定時間(例えば1秒間)において実際に表示した画像の枚数に関する実再生速度情報を端末装置7へ送信する(ステップS203)。この場合、端末装置7は、図6に示すように、表示制御部761が表示部72に表示させた読影画面B2の実再生速度における表示領域A4に、例えば29.5fpsと表示する。これにより、ユーザは、設定フレームレート(30fps)と実再生速度のフレームレート(29.5fps)とを比較することによって、端末装置7の通信状態および表示態様を直感的に把握することができる。
In step S203, the actual playback frame rate calculation unit 835 receives the actual playback speed information related to the number of images actually displayed by the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7 received from the terminal device 7 for a predetermined time (for example, 1 second). 7 (step S203). In this case, the terminal device 7 displays, for example, 29.5 fps in the display area A4 at the actual reproduction speed of the interpretation screen B2 displayed on the display unit 72 by the display control unit 761, as shown in FIG. Thus, the user can intuitively grasp the communication state and display mode of the terminal device 7 by comparing the set frame rate (30 fps) and the frame rate (29.5 fps) of the actual playback speed.
続いて、所定時間(例えば1秒間)経過した場合(ステップS204:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS205へ移行する。これに対して、所定時間経過していない場合(ステップS204:No)、サーバ8は、所定時間経過するまで、この判断を続ける。
Subsequently, when a predetermined time (for example, 1 second) has elapsed (step S204: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S205 described later. On the other hand, when the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S204: No), the server 8 continues this determination until the predetermined time has elapsed.
その後、端末装置7から症例の読影を終了する指示信号を受信した場合(ステップS205:Yes)、サーバ8は、本処理を終了する。これに対して、端末装置7から症例の読影を終了する指示信号を受信していない場合(ステップS205:No)、サーバ8は、ステップS201へ戻る。
Thereafter, when an instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case is received from the terminal device 7 (step S205: Yes), the server 8 ends this process. On the other hand, when the instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case is not received from the terminal device 7 (step S205: No), the server 8 returns to step S201.
このようにユーザが端末装置7を用いて症例の読影ワークフローを行っている場合に、端末装置7の表示制御部761がサーバ8から受信した実再生速度のフレームと設定フレームレートとを並列させて表示部72の読影画面B2に表示する。これにより、ユーザは、設定フレームレートと実再生速度のフレームレートとを比較することによって、端末装置7の通信状態を直感的に把握することができる。
In this way, when the user performs a case interpretation workflow using the terminal device 7, the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 parallels the frame of the actual playback speed received from the server 8 and the set frame rate. The information is displayed on the interpretation screen B2 of the display unit 72. Thereby, the user can grasp | ascertain intuitively the communication state of the terminal device 7 by comparing a setting frame rate with the frame rate of real reproduction speed.
〔通信速度の算出処理〕
次に、ユーザがサーバ8から端末装置7へ所望の症例の画像データ群をダウンロードする前に、端末装置7の通信情報を確認させるため、サーバ8が実行する通信速度の算出処理について説明する。図17は、サーバ8が実行する通信速度の算出処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 [Communication speed calculation processing]
Next, a communication speed calculation process executed by theserver 8 to check the communication information of the terminal device 7 before the user downloads the desired case image data group from the server 8 to the terminal device 7 will be described. FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an outline of a communication speed calculation process executed by the server 8.
次に、ユーザがサーバ8から端末装置7へ所望の症例の画像データ群をダウンロードする前に、端末装置7の通信情報を確認させるため、サーバ8が実行する通信速度の算出処理について説明する。図17は、サーバ8が実行する通信速度の算出処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 [Communication speed calculation processing]
Next, a communication speed calculation process executed by the
図17に示すように、まず、通信速度算出部836は、ネットワークN100を介して再生フレームレートに関する設定情報を要求する指示信号を端末装置7へ送信する(ステップS301)。
As shown in FIG. 17, first, the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits an instruction signal requesting setting information regarding the playback frame rate to the terminal device 7 via the network N100 (step S301).
続いて、端末装置7から設定情報を受信した場合(ステップS302:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS303へ移行する。これに対して、端末装置7から設定情報を受信していない場合(ステップS302:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS301へ戻る。
Subsequently, when the setting information is received from the terminal device 7 (step S302: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S303 described later. On the other hand, when setting information is not received from the terminal device 7 (step S302: No), the server 8 returns to step S301 mentioned above.
ステップS303において、通信速度算出部836は、ネットワークN100を介して一定量のデータを端末装置7へ送信する。具体的には、通信速度算出部836は、所定のフレームレート、例えば30fpsに対応するダミーのデータ量を端末装置7へ送信する。この場合、端末装置7は、サーバ8から最初のデータを受信した時刻から最後のデータを受信した時刻までの時間を計時する。
In step S303, the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits a certain amount of data to the terminal device 7 via the network N100. Specifically, the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits a dummy data amount corresponding to a predetermined frame rate, for example, 30 fps, to the terminal device 7. In this case, the terminal device 7 measures the time from the time when the first data is received from the server 8 to the time when the last data is received.
続いて、通信速度算出部836は、ネットワークN100を介して、ステップS303で送信したデータを全て受信したデータ取得時間に関するデータ取得時間情報を要求する指示信号を端末装置7へ送信する(ステップS304)。この場合、端末装置7は、ネットワークN100を介して指示信号を受信した場合、サーバ8から最初のデータを受信した時刻から最後のデータを受信した時刻までの時間をデータ取得時間情報としてサーバ8へ送信する。
Subsequently, the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits to the terminal device 7 an instruction signal requesting data acquisition time information regarding the data acquisition time when all the data transmitted in step S303 is received via the network N100 (step S304). . In this case, when the terminal device 7 receives the instruction signal via the network N100, the time from the time when the first data is received from the server 8 to the time when the last data is received is sent to the server 8 as data acquisition time information. Send.
その後、端末装置7からデータ取得時間情報を受信した場合(ステップS305:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS306へ移行する。これに対して、端末装置7からデータ取得時間情報を受信していない場合(ステップS305:No)、サーバ8は、ステップS304へ戻る。
Thereafter, when the data acquisition time information is received from the terminal device 7 (step S305: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S306 described later. On the other hand, when the data acquisition time information is not received from the terminal device 7 (step S305: No), the server 8 returns to step S304.
ステップS306において、通信速度算出部836は、ステップS302で受信した設定情報とステップS305で受信したデータ取得時間情報とに基づいて、読影時の通信速度情報を算出する。
In step S306, the communication speed calculation unit 836 calculates communication speed information at the time of interpretation based on the setting information received in step S302 and the data acquisition time information received in step S305.
続いて、通信速度算出部836は、ステップS306で算出した通信速度情報を端末装置7へ送信する(ステップS307)。この場合、端末装置7は、表示制御部761がサーバ8から受信した通信速度情報に基づいて、通信状況アイコンW3の表示態様(インジケータ表示)を変更して表示部72に表示させる(例えば図5を参照)。これにより、ユーザは、症例の画像データ群をサーバ8からダウンロードする前に、端末装置7の通信状況を直感的に把握することができる。この場合、端末装置7の表示制御部761は、サーバ8から受信した通信速度情報が所定の閾値より小さい場合、表示部72に所定の通信速度を満たしていないことを示す警告を表示部72に表示させてもよい。
Subsequently, the communication speed calculation unit 836 transmits the communication speed information calculated in step S306 to the terminal device 7 (step S307). In this case, the terminal device 7 changes the display mode (indicator display) of the communication status icon W3 based on the communication speed information received by the display control unit 761 from the server 8, and causes the display unit 72 to display the change (for example, FIG. 5). See). Thus, the user can intuitively grasp the communication status of the terminal device 7 before downloading the case image data group from the server 8. In this case, when the communication speed information received from the server 8 is smaller than a predetermined threshold, the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 displays a warning on the display unit 72 indicating that the predetermined communication speed is not satisfied. It may be displayed.
その後、端末装置7から症例の読影を終了する指示信号を受信した場合(ステップS308:Yes)、サーバ8は、本処理を終了する。これに対して、端末装置7から症例の読影を終了する指示信号を受信していない場合(ステップS308:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS301へ戻る。
Thereafter, when an instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case is received from the terminal device 7 (step S308: Yes), the server 8 ends this process. On the other hand, when the instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case is not received from the terminal device 7 (step S308: No), the server 8 returns to step S301 described above.
このように端末装置7からサーバ8にアクセスがあった場合において、サーバ8は、ユーザがサーバ8から端末装置7へ所望の症例の画像データ群がダウンロードされる前に、通信速度算出部836が設定情報とデータ取得時間情報とに基づいて、端末装置7の通信速度を算出し、この通信速度を端末装置7へ送信するので、ユーザは、症例の画像データ群をサーバ8からダウンロードする前に、端末装置7の通信状況を直感的に把握することができる。
In this way, when the terminal device 7 accesses the server 8, the server 8 determines that the communication speed calculation unit 836 has to download the image data group of a desired case from the server 8 to the terminal device 7. Since the communication speed of the terminal device 7 is calculated based on the setting information and the data acquisition time information and this communication speed is transmitted to the terminal device 7, the user can download the case image data group from the server 8. The communication status of the terminal device 7 can be intuitively grasped.
また、通信速度算出部836は、端末装置7から症例一覧画面B1の通信状況アイコンW3を選択した指示信号を受信した場合、上述した通信速度の算出処理を行ってもよい。これにより、ユーザは、所望のタイミングで端末装置7の通信状況を把握することができる。
Further, when the communication speed calculation unit 836 receives an instruction signal for selecting the communication status icon W3 on the case list screen B1 from the terminal device 7, the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above. Thereby, the user can grasp | ascertain the communication condition of the terminal device 7 at a desired timing.
また、通信速度算出部836は、ユーザによって端末装置7で設定されたタイミング、例えば1分毎に上述した通信速度の算出処理を行ってもよい。
Further, the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above at a timing set by the user in the terminal device 7, for example, every minute.
また、通信速度算出部836は、所定のタイミング、例えば1分毎に上述した通信速度の算出処理を行ってもよい。また、通信速度算出部836は、端末装置7の表示部72が表示する画像の画面が切り替わった場合(再描画した場合)、端末装置7の電波強度が変わった場合、端末装置7の通信回線が切り替わった場合(例えばLTEから3Gに切り替わった場合やWi-FiからLTEに切り替わった場合)、上述した通信速度の算出処理を行ってもよい。さらに、通信速度算出部836は、端末装置7の操作入力部74を介してユーザが設定したタイミングに基づいて、上述した通信速度の算出処理を行ってもよい。
Further, the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above at a predetermined timing, for example, every minute. In addition, the communication speed calculation unit 836 displays the communication line of the terminal device 7 when the screen of the image displayed on the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7 is switched (when redrawing), when the radio wave intensity of the terminal device 7 is changed. May be performed (for example, when switching from LTE to 3G or when switching from Wi-Fi to LTE), the communication speed calculation process described above may be performed. Furthermore, the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above based on the timing set by the user via the operation input unit 74 of the terminal device 7.
また、通信速度算出部836は、端末装置7の表示部72が症例一覧画面B1を表示している場合、上述した通信速度の算出処理を行ってもよい。この場合、端末装置7の表示制御部761は、通信速度算出部836が上述した通信速度の算出処理を終了するまで、タッチパネル73がタッチされた場合または操作入力部74から各種操作を指示する指示信号が入力された場合であっても、症例一覧画面B1を固定する(遷移しない)。さらに、通信速度算出部836が算出した通信速度が所定の閾値より小さい場合、端末装置7の表示制御部761は、タッチパネル73がタッチされた場合または操作入力部74から各種操作を指示する指示信号が入力された場合であっても、症例一覧画面B1を固定したり、通信速度を満たしていないことを示す警告を表示部72に表示させたり、症例一覧画面B1を読影画面B2に切り替えた後に警告を表示部72に表示させたりしてもよい。この場合、端末装置7の通信制御部762は、サーバ8からダウンロードする画像データのサイズを小さくするようにしてもよい。これにより、スムーズさに欠けるが、ユーザは、症例を読影に行うことができる。
Further, the communication speed calculation unit 836 may perform the communication speed calculation process described above when the display unit 72 of the terminal device 7 displays the case list screen B1. In this case, the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 instructs that various operations are instructed when the touch panel 73 is touched or the operation input unit 74 until the communication speed calculation unit 836 finishes the communication speed calculation process described above. Even when a signal is input, the case list screen B1 is fixed (not transitioned). Furthermore, when the communication speed calculated by the communication speed calculation unit 836 is smaller than a predetermined threshold, the display control unit 761 of the terminal device 7 instructs the operation input unit 74 to perform various operations when the touch panel 73 is touched. Even after the case is input, after the case list screen B1 is fixed, a warning indicating that the communication speed is not satisfied is displayed on the display unit 72, or the case list screen B1 is switched to the interpretation screen B2. A warning may be displayed on the display unit 72. In this case, the communication control unit 762 of the terminal device 7 may reduce the size of the image data downloaded from the server 8. Thereby, although lacking in smoothness, the user can read a case for interpretation.
〔総データ量の表示処理〕
次に、端末装置7が実行するサーバ8からダウンロードした総データ量の表示処理について説明する。図18は、端末装置7が実行するサーバ8からダウンロードした総データ量を表示する表示処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 [Total data display processing]
Next, display processing of the total data amount downloaded from theserver 8 executed by the terminal device 7 will be described. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing an overview of display processing for displaying the total amount of data downloaded from the server 8 executed by the terminal device 7.
次に、端末装置7が実行するサーバ8からダウンロードした総データ量の表示処理について説明する。図18は、端末装置7が実行するサーバ8からダウンロードした総データ量を表示する表示処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 [Total data display processing]
Next, display processing of the total data amount downloaded from the
図18に示すように、ユーザがタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作し、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8にアクセスすることによって、サーバ8から症例一覧画像データを受信した場合(ステップS401:Yes)、表示制御部761は、症例一覧画像データに対応する症例一覧画面B1(図5を参照)を表示部72に表示させる(ステップS402)。
As shown in FIG. 18, when a user receives case list image data from the server 8 by operating the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 and accessing the server 8 via the network N100 (step S401: Yes). The display control unit 761 displays the case list screen B1 (see FIG. 5) corresponding to the case list image data on the display unit 72 (step S402).
続いて、ユーザがタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することによって、症例一覧画面B1から所望の症例が選択されることによって、サーバ8からユーザによって選択された症例の画像ファイルにおける画像データ群を受信した場合(ステップS403:Yes)、総データ量算出部764は、サーバ8から受信した症例の画像ファイル毎のダウンロード量を症例毎に加算して一時記録部753に記録する(ステップS404)。
Subsequently, when the user operates the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 to select a desired case from the case list screen B1, the image data group in the image file of the case selected by the user from the server 8 is selected. When received (step S403: Yes), the total data amount calculation unit 764 adds the download amount for each image file of the case received from the server 8 for each case and records it in the temporary recording unit 753 (step S404).
その後、ユーザがタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することによって、端末装置7から症例の読影を終了する指示信号を受信した場合(ステップS405:Yes)、表示制御部761は、症例一覧画面B1における症例毎の総ダウンロード量を更新して表示部72に表示させる(ステップS406)。これにより、ユーザは、症例毎のダウンロード量を直感的に把握することができる。
Thereafter, when the user operates the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 to receive an instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case from the terminal device 7 (step S405: Yes), the display control unit 761 displays the case list screen B1. The total download amount for each case is updated and displayed on the display unit 72 (step S406). Thereby, the user can grasp | ascertain intuitively the download amount for every case.
ステップS401において、サーバ8から症例一覧画像データを受信していない場合(ステップS401:No)、端末装置7は、この判断を続ける。
In step S401, when the case list image data is not received from the server 8 (step S401: No), the terminal device 7 continues this determination.
ステップS403において、サーバ8からユーザによって選択された症例の画像ファイルにおける画像データ群を受信していない場合(ステップS403:No)、端末装置7は、ステップS407へ移行する。
In step S403, when the image data group in the image file of the case selected by the user is not received from the server 8 (step S403: No), the terminal device 7 proceeds to step S407.
続いて、ユーザがタッチパネル73または操作入力部74を操作することによって、ログアウトアイコンW8が操作された場合(ステップS407:Yes)、端末装置7は、本処理を終了する。これに対して、ログアウトアイコンW8が操作されていない場合(ステップS407:No)、端末装置7は、ステップS402へ戻る。
Subsequently, when the logout icon W8 is operated by the user operating the touch panel 73 or the operation input unit 74 (step S407: Yes), the terminal device 7 ends this process. On the other hand, when the logout icon W8 is not operated (step S407: No), the terminal device 7 returns to step S402.
ステップS405において、端末装置7から症例の読影を終了する指示信号を受信していない場合(ステップS405:No)、端末装置7は、ステップS402へ戻る。
In step S405, when the instruction signal for ending the interpretation of the case is not received from the terminal device 7 (step S405: No), the terminal device 7 returns to step S402.
このように、総データ量算出部764がユーザによって読影を行った際にダウンロードした症例毎のダウンロード量を算出し、表示制御部761が総データ量算出部764によって算出された症例毎のダウンロード量を症例一覧画面B1における症例毎に表示するので、ユーザは、症例毎のダウンロード量を直感的に把握することができる。また、総データ量算出部764は、月毎に総データ量を自動的にリセットしてもよい。
In this way, the total data amount calculation unit 764 calculates the download amount for each case downloaded when the interpretation is performed by the user, and the display control unit 761 calculates the download amount for each case calculated by the total data amount calculation unit 764. Is displayed for each case on the case list screen B1, the user can intuitively grasp the download amount for each case. The total data amount calculation unit 764 may automatically reset the total data amount every month.
なお、上述した表示処理においては、表示制御部761がデータ量をGBで表示していたが、例えばパケット量(Packet)でデータ量を換算して表示部72に表示させてもよい。もちろん、表示制御部761は、上述した実施の形態において、データ量をGBで表示している箇所において、パケット量で表示部72に表示させてもよい。さらに、表示制御部761は、ユーザによる操作入力部74の操作に応じて、上述したパケット量を通信費(お金)に換算して表示部72に表示するようにしてもよい。さらにまた、表示制御部761は、上述したパケット量が通信会社や契約等によって設定された月毎のパケット量の上限に近づいた場合、表示部72に警告を表示させたり、表示部72が表示する画像の色やアイコン等を変化させて表示させたりしてもよい。この場合において、上述したパケット量が通信会社や契約等によって設定された月毎のパケット量の上限を超えたとき、通信制御部762は、通信部71による通信を禁止するようにしてもよい。
In the display process described above, the display control unit 761 displays the data amount in GB. However, for example, the data amount may be converted into a packet amount and displayed on the display unit 72. Of course, the display control unit 761 may display the packet amount on the display unit 72 at the location where the data amount is displayed in GB in the above-described embodiment. Further, the display control unit 761 may convert the above-described packet amount into a communication cost (money) and display it on the display unit 72 according to the operation of the operation input unit 74 by the user. Furthermore, when the above-described packet amount approaches the upper limit of the monthly packet amount set by the communication company or contract, the display control unit 761 displays a warning on the display unit 72 or the display unit 72 displays the packet amount. The color or icon of the image to be displayed may be changed and displayed. In this case, the communication control unit 762 may prohibit communication by the communication unit 71 when the above-described packet amount exceeds the upper limit of the monthly packet amount set by a communication company or a contract.
〔データ削減処理〕
次に、サーバ8から端末装置7へ症例の画像データを送信する際に、カプセル型内視鏡3で生成された画像データ群が膨大であるため、サーバ8から端末装置7へ画像データ群を送信した場合、端末装置7の通信量が多大になる。このため、以下においては、サーバ8から端末装置7へ画像データ群を送信する場合であっても、端末装置7の通信費を抑えるために、サーバ8が検査情報管理装置6から送信された画像データ群に対して行うデータ削減処理について説明する。図19は、サーバ8が検査情報管理装置6から送信された画像データ群に対して行うデータ削減処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 [Data reduction processing]
Next, when the case image data is transmitted from theserver 8 to the terminal device 7, the image data group generated by the capsule endoscope 3 is enormous. Therefore, the image data group is transferred from the server 8 to the terminal device 7. If transmitted, the communication amount of the terminal device 7 becomes large. For this reason, in the following, even when the image data group is transmitted from the server 8 to the terminal device 7, the image transmitted by the server 8 from the examination information management device 6 in order to reduce the communication cost of the terminal device 7. Data reduction processing performed on the data group will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an outline of data reduction processing performed by the server 8 on the image data group transmitted from the inspection information management apparatus 6.
次に、サーバ8から端末装置7へ症例の画像データを送信する際に、カプセル型内視鏡3で生成された画像データ群が膨大であるため、サーバ8から端末装置7へ画像データ群を送信した場合、端末装置7の通信量が多大になる。このため、以下においては、サーバ8から端末装置7へ画像データ群を送信する場合であっても、端末装置7の通信費を抑えるために、サーバ8が検査情報管理装置6から送信された画像データ群に対して行うデータ削減処理について説明する。図19は、サーバ8が検査情報管理装置6から送信された画像データ群に対して行うデータ削減処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 [Data reduction processing]
Next, when the case image data is transmitted from the
図19に示すように、ネットワークN100を介して検査情報管理装置6から画像データ群を受信した場合(ステップS501:Yes)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS502へ移行する。これに対して、ネットワークN100を介して検査情報管理装置6から画像データ群を受信していない場合(ステップS501:No)、サーバ8は、本処理を終了する。
As shown in FIG. 19, when the image data group is received from the inspection information management apparatus 6 via the network N100 (step S501: Yes), the server 8 proceeds to step S502 described later. On the other hand, when the image data group has not been received from the examination information management device 6 via the network N100 (step S501: No), the server 8 ends this process.
ステップS502において、特徴画像判定部832が赤色画像データであると判定した場合(ステップS502:Yes)、赤色画像データを画像データ記録部822に記録する(ステップS503)。
If it is determined in step S502 that the feature image determination unit 832 is red image data (step S502: Yes), the red image data is recorded in the image data recording unit 822 (step S503).
続いて、検査情報管理装置6から受信した全ての画像データの判定を終了した場合(ステップS504:Yes)、サーバ8は、本処理を終了する。これに対して、検査情報管理装置6から送信された全ての画像データの判定を終了していない場合(ステップS504:No)、サーバ8は、上述したステップS502へ戻る。
Subsequently, when the determination of all the image data received from the examination information management apparatus 6 is completed (step S504: Yes), the server 8 ends this process. On the other hand, when the determination of all the image data transmitted from the inspection information management apparatus 6 has not been completed (step S504: No), the server 8 returns to step S502 described above.
ステップS502において、特徴画像判定部832が赤色画像データでないと判定した場合(ステップS502:No)、サーバ8は、後述するステップS505へ移行する。
In step S502, when the feature image determination unit 832 determines that the image data is not red image data (step S502: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S505 described later.
続いて、特徴画像判定部832が重複画像データと判定した場合(ステップS505:Yes)、検査情報管理装置6から受信した画像データ群から削除する(ステップS506)。ステップS506の後、サーバ8は、ステップS504へ移行する。これに対して、特徴画像判定部832が重複画像データでないと判定した場合(ステップS505:No)、サーバ8は、ステップS503へ移行する。
Subsequently, when the feature image determination unit 832 determines that the image data is duplicated image data (step S505: Yes), the feature image determination unit 832 deletes it from the image data group received from the inspection information management device 6 (step S506). After step S506, the server 8 proceeds to step S504. On the other hand, when the feature image determination unit 832 determines that the image data is not duplicated image data (step S505: No), the server 8 proceeds to step S503.
図20は、特徴画像判定部832の判定のもと記録部82に記録する画像の一例を模式的に示す図である。図20において、横軸は、時間を示す。
FIG. 20 is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of an image recorded in the recording unit 82 based on the determination of the feature image determination unit 832. In FIG. 20, the horizontal axis indicates time.
図20に示すように、特徴画像判定部832は、検査情報管理装置6から受信した画像データ群に対して画像P9および他の画像と重複しない画像P1、画像P4、画像P6、画像P7、画像P10の各々の画像データを画像データ記録部822に記録する。これにより、記録部82の記録容量を効率よく使用することができる。
As illustrated in FIG. 20, the feature image determination unit 832 includes the image P 1 , the image P 4 , the image P 6 , the image P 9, and the other images that do not overlap the image data group received from the inspection information management device 6 . Each image data of the image P 7 and the image P 10 is recorded in the image data recording unit 822. Thereby, the recording capacity of the recording unit 82 can be used efficiently.
このようにサーバ8が検査情報管理装置6から受信した画像データ群に対して、重複画像データを削除することで、画像データ記録部822の記録容量を効率よく使用することができるうえ、端末装置7へ選択された症例の画像データ群を端末装置7へ送信する場合、画像データ群の総データ量を削減しているため、端末装置7の通信量が抑えることができる。
As described above, the server 8 can efficiently use the recording capacity of the image data recording unit 822 by deleting the duplicate image data from the image data group received from the inspection information management device 6, and the terminal device. When the image data group of the case selected to 7 is transmitted to the terminal device 7, the total data amount of the image data group is reduced, so that the communication amount of the terminal device 7 can be suppressed.
また、図21に示すように、特徴画像判定部832は、検査情報管理装置6から受信した画像データ群に対して、平均色バーT1に対応する位置の画像、例えば画像P1、画像P4、画像P7、画像P10の各々の画像データのみを画像データ記録部822に記録するようにしてもよい。
In addition, as shown in FIG. 21, the feature image determination unit 832 performs, with respect to the image data group received from the examination information management device 6, images at positions corresponding to the average color bar T1, for example, image P 1 and image P 4. Only the image data of the images P 7 and P 10 may be recorded in the image data recording unit 822.
〔端末装置によるデータ削減処理〕
また、端末装置7が画像データ記録部752に記録する画像データ群を無線送信によってサーバ8へ送信してもよい(アップロード)。この場合、画像データ群の総データ量が膨大であるため、端末装置7の通信費が多大になる。このため、以下においては、端末装置7からサーバ8へ画像データ群を無線通信によって送信する場合に、端末装置7の通信費を抑えるために、端末装置7がサーバ8へ送信する画像データ群に対して行うデータ削減処理について説明する。図22は、端末装置7が実行するデータ削減処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 [Data reduction processing by terminal device]
Theterminal device 7 may transmit the image data group recorded in the image data recording unit 752 to the server 8 by wireless transmission (upload). In this case, since the total data amount of the image data group is enormous, the communication cost of the terminal device 7 becomes great. For this reason, in the following description, when the image data group is transmitted from the terminal device 7 to the server 8 by wireless communication, the image data group that the terminal device 7 transmits to the server 8 in order to reduce the communication cost of the terminal device 7. The data reduction process performed for this will be described. FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating an outline of the data reduction process executed by the terminal device 7.
また、端末装置7が画像データ記録部752に記録する画像データ群を無線送信によってサーバ8へ送信してもよい(アップロード)。この場合、画像データ群の総データ量が膨大であるため、端末装置7の通信費が多大になる。このため、以下においては、端末装置7からサーバ8へ画像データ群を無線通信によって送信する場合に、端末装置7の通信費を抑えるために、端末装置7がサーバ8へ送信する画像データ群に対して行うデータ削減処理について説明する。図22は、端末装置7が実行するデータ削減処理の概要を示すフローチャートである。 [Data reduction processing by terminal device]
The
図22に示すように、まず、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8へアップロードする症例の画像データ群が選択された場合(ステップS601:Yes)、現在の画像データが赤色画像データであるとき(ステップS602:Yes)、通信制御部762は、現在の画像データをサーバ8へ送信する(ステップS603)。
As shown in FIG. 22, first, when a case image data group to be uploaded to the server 8 via the network N100 is selected (step S601: Yes), when the current image data is red image data (step S602). : Yes), the communication control unit 762 transmits the current image data to the server 8 (step S603).
続いて、全ての画像データに対して判定が終了した場合(ステップS604:Yes)、端末装置7は、本処理を終了する。これに対して、全ての画像データに対して判定が終了していない場合(ステップS604:No)、端末装置7は、ステップS602へ戻る。
Subsequently, when the determination is completed for all image data (step S604: Yes), the terminal device 7 ends the process. On the other hand, when the determination has not been completed for all image data (step S604: No), the terminal device 7 returns to step S602.
ステップS602において、現在の画像データが赤色画像データでないとき(ステップS602:No)、端末装置7は、ステップS605へ移行する。
In step S602, when the current image data is not red image data (step S602: No), the terminal device 7 proceeds to step S605.
続いて、現在の画像データが重複画像データである場合(ステップS605:Yes)、端末装置7は、ステップS604へ移行する。これに対して、現在の画像データが重複画像でない場合(ステップS605:No)、端末装置7は、ステップS603へ移行する。
Subsequently, when the current image data is duplicate image data (step S605: Yes), the terminal device 7 proceeds to step S604. On the other hand, when the current image data is not a duplicate image (step S605: No), the terminal device 7 proceeds to step S603.
ステップS601において、ネットワークN100を介してサーバ8へアップロードする症例の画像データ群が選択されていない場合(ステップS601:No)、端末装置7は、本処理を終了する。
In step S601, when the image data group of the case to be uploaded to the server 8 via the network N100 is not selected (step S601: No), the terminal device 7 ends this process.
このように端末装置7が画像データ群に対して、重複画像データを削除することで、サーバ8へ無線通信によって送信する場合、画像データ群の総データ量を削減しているため、端末装置7の通信量を抑えることができる。
In this way, when the terminal device 7 deletes duplicate image data from the image data group and transmits the image data group to the server 8 by wireless communication, the total amount of data in the image data group is reduced. Can be reduced.
本発明は上述した実施の形態に限定されるものではなく、本発明の要旨の範囲内で種々の変形や応用が可能なことは勿論である。例えば、本発明の説明に用いた内視鏡システム以外にも、ネットワークを介して携帯電話やスマートフォン等に動画を配信するサーバ、ネットワークアタッチトストレージ(Network Attached storage)、ビデオカメラ、内視鏡、監視カメラ、顕微鏡のような光学機器を通してネットワークと双方向に通信可能な撮像装置等の機器にも適用できる。
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications and applications are possible within the scope of the gist of the present invention. For example, in addition to the endoscope system used in the description of the present invention, a server that distributes video to a mobile phone, a smartphone, or the like via a network, a network attached storage, a video camera, an endoscope, The present invention can also be applied to devices such as an imaging device capable of bidirectional communication with a network through an optical device such as a surveillance camera or a microscope.
また、本発明では、一つのサーバから端末装置が画像データ群をダウンロードしていたが、複数のサーバから画像データ群をダウンロードする場合であっても適用することができる。
In the present invention, the terminal device downloads the image data group from one server. However, the present invention can also be applied to the case of downloading the image data group from a plurality of servers.
また、本明細書において、前述の各動作フローチャートの説明において、便宜上「まず」、「次に」、「続いて」、「その後」等を用いて動作を説明しているが、この順で動作を実施することが必須であることを意味するものではない。
Also, in this specification, in the description of each operation flowchart described above, the operation is described using “first”, “next”, “follow”, “after”, etc. for convenience. It does not mean that it is essential to implement.
また、上述した実施の形態における端末装置およびサーバによる各処理の手法、即ち、各フローチャートに示す処理は、いずれもCPU等の制御部に実行させることができるプログラムとして記憶させておくこともできる。この他、メモリカード(ROMカード、RAMカード等)、磁気ディスク、光ディスク(CD-ROM、DVD等)、半導体メモリ等の外部記憶装置の記憶媒体に格納して配布することができる。そして、CPU等の制御部は、この外部記憶装置の記憶媒体に記憶されたプログラムを読み込み、この読み込んだプログラムによって動作が制御されることにより、上述した処理を実行することができる。
In addition, each processing method by the terminal device and the server in the above-described embodiment, that is, the processing shown in each flowchart can be stored as a program that can be executed by a control unit such as a CPU. In addition, it can be stored and distributed in a storage medium of an external storage device such as a memory card (ROM card, RAM card, etc.), magnetic disk, optical disk (CD-ROM, DVD, etc.), semiconductor memory, or the like. Then, a control unit such as a CPU reads the program stored in the storage medium of the external storage device, and the operation described above can be executed by the operation being controlled by the read program.
また、本発明は、上述した実施の形態および変形例そのままに限定されるものではなく、実施段階では、発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内で構成要素を変形して具体化することができる。また、上述した実施の形態に開示されている複数の構成要素を適宜組み合わせることによって、種々の発明を形成することができる。例えば、上述した実施の形態および変形例に記載した全構成要素からいくつかの構成要素を削除してもよい。さらに、各実施例および変形例で説明した構成要素を適宜組み合わせてもよい。
Further, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments and modifications as they are, and in the implementation stage, the constituent elements can be modified and embodied without departing from the spirit of the invention. Various inventions can be formed by appropriately combining a plurality of constituent elements disclosed in the above-described embodiments. For example, some constituent elements may be deleted from all the constituent elements described in the above-described embodiments and modifications. Furthermore, you may combine suitably the component demonstrated in each Example and the modification.
また、明細書または図面において、少なくとも一度、より広義または同義な異なる用語とともに記載された用語は、明細書または図面のいかなる箇所においても、その異なる用語に置き換えることができる。このように、発明の主旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々の変形や応用が可能である。
Further, a term described together with a different term having a broader meaning or the same meaning at least once in the specification or the drawings can be replaced with the different term in any part of the specification or the drawings. Thus, various modifications and applications are possible without departing from the spirit of the invention.
1 内視鏡システム
2 被検体
3 カプセル型内視鏡
4 受信アンテナユニット
4a~4h 受信アンテナ
5 受信装置
6 検査情報管理装置
7 端末装置
8 サーバ
61 クレードル
62 操作入力デバイス
71,81 通信部
72 表示部
73 タッチパネル
74 操作入力部
75,82 記録部
76 端末制御部
83 サーバ制御部
751,821 プログラム記録部
752,822 画像データ記録部
753 一時記録部
761 表示制御部
762 通信制御部
763 記録制御部
764 総データ量算出部
831 平均色バー生成部
832 特徴画像判定部
833 判定部
834 送信制御部
835 実再生フレームレート算出部
836 通信速度算出部
N100 ネットワーク DESCRIPTION OFSYMBOLS 1 Endoscope system 2 Subject 3 Capsule type endoscope 4 Receiving antenna unit 4a-4h Receiving antenna 5 Receiving device 6 Inspection information management device 7 Terminal device 8 Server 61 Cradle 62 Operation input device 71, 81 Communication unit 72 Display unit 73 Touch Panel 74 Operation Input Unit 75, 82 Recording Unit 76 Terminal Control Unit 83 Server Control Unit
751,821 Program recording unit 752,822 Imagedata recording unit 753 Temporary recording unit 761 Display control unit 762 Communication control unit 763 Recording control unit 764 Total data amount calculation unit 831 Average color bar generation unit 832 Characteristic image determination unit 833 Determination unit 834 Transmission control unit 835 Actual playback frame rate calculation unit 836 Communication speed calculation unit N100 network
2 被検体
3 カプセル型内視鏡
4 受信アンテナユニット
4a~4h 受信アンテナ
5 受信装置
6 検査情報管理装置
7 端末装置
8 サーバ
61 クレードル
62 操作入力デバイス
71,81 通信部
72 表示部
73 タッチパネル
74 操作入力部
75,82 記録部
76 端末制御部
83 サーバ制御部
751,821 プログラム記録部
752,822 画像データ記録部
753 一時記録部
761 表示制御部
762 通信制御部
763 記録制御部
764 総データ量算出部
831 平均色バー生成部
832 特徴画像判定部
833 判定部
834 送信制御部
835 実再生フレームレート算出部
836 通信速度算出部
N100 ネットワーク DESCRIPTION OF
751,821 Program recording unit 752,822 Image
Claims (17)
- 画像を表示可能な表示部と、各種操作を指示する操作信号の入力を受け付け可能な操作入力部と、を備えた端末装置に対して、ネットワークを介して双方向に通信可能なサーバであって、
複数の被検体の各々を撮影することによって時間的に連続する複数の画像データから構成された画像データ群を複数記録する記録部と、
前記記録部が記録する複数の前記画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を前記端末装置から受信した場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、前記表示部によって表示される画像を閲覧するための送信順を決定して前記画像データ群を前記端末装置へ順次送信する送信制御部と、
を備えたことを特徴とするサーバ。 A server capable of bidirectional communication via a network with a terminal device including a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals instructing various operations. ,
A recording unit that records a plurality of image data groups composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data by imaging each of a plurality of subjects;
When a request signal requesting transmission of any one of the plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit is received from the terminal device, an interpretation workflow performed by a user and the operation signal received by the terminal device And a transmission control unit that sequentially determines the transmission order for browsing the images displayed by the display unit and transmits the image data group to the terminal device,
A server characterized by comprising: - 前記送信制御部は、前記端末装置から前記操作信号を受信していない場合、前記読影ワークフローに従って、前記画像データ群のうち一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のサーバ。 The transmission control unit sequentially transmits image data generated according to a certain rule in the image data group to the terminal device according to the interpretation workflow when the operation signal is not received from the terminal device. The server according to claim 1, characterized in that:
- 前記一定の規則は、所定の時間間隔、画像データを撮像した撮影間隔、所定の枚数間隔および前記画像データ群の含まれる複数の特徴的な画像データにおける所定の枚数間隔のいずれか一つ以上であることを特徴とする請求項2に記載のサーバ。 The predetermined rule is at least one of a predetermined time interval, a shooting interval at which image data is captured, a predetermined number interval, and a predetermined number interval in a plurality of characteristic image data included in the image data group. The server according to claim 2, wherein there is a server.
- 前記端末装置へ送信する前記一定の規則に従って生成された画像データは、前記被検体を俯瞰的に観察するために生成された平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データであることを特徴とする請求項2に記載のサーバ。 The image data generated in accordance with the certain rule to be transmitted to the terminal device is image data at a position corresponding to an average color bar generated to observe the subject from a bird's-eye view. Item 3. The server according to item 2.
- 前記送信制御部は、前記平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データを前記端末装置へ送信した後に、前記平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データにおける撮影時刻より撮影時刻が新しい次の画像データを所定の数だけ前記端末装置へ送信する、または前記平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データの撮影時刻に前後する画像データを所定の数だけ前記端末装置へ送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載のサーバ。 The transmission control unit transmits image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar to the terminal device, and then transmits the next image data having a new shooting time from the shooting time in the image data at the position corresponding to the average color bar. 5. A predetermined number of image data is transmitted to the terminal device, or a predetermined number of image data before and after the photographing time of image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar is transmitted to the terminal device. Server described in.
- 前記送信制御部は、前記一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを前記端末装置へ送信した後に、前記画像データ群のうち所定の特徴量を有する特徴的な画像データを前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする請求項2に記載のサーバ。 The transmission control unit sequentially transmits characteristic image data having a predetermined feature amount in the image data group to the terminal device after transmitting image data generated according to the certain rule to the terminal device. The server according to claim 2.
- 前記送信制御部は、前記一定の規則に従って生成された画像データを前記端末装置へ送信した後に、前記画像データ群のうち赤色を含む画像データを前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする請求項2に記載のサーバ。 The transmission control unit sequentially transmits image data including red in the image data group to the terminal device after transmitting image data generated according to the certain rule to the terminal device. Item 3. The server according to item 2.
- 前記送信制御部は、前記画像データ群のうち所定の画像データを選択する選択信号を前記操作信号として前記端末装置から受信した場合、前記選択信号に応じた画像データを送信するとともに、該画像データの撮影時刻と前後する撮影時刻の画像データを一定の比率で前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のサーバ。 When the transmission control unit receives a selection signal for selecting predetermined image data from the image data group as the operation signal from the terminal device, the transmission control unit transmits the image data according to the selection signal, and the image data 2. The server according to claim 1, wherein image data of a shooting time before and after the shooting time is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device at a constant ratio.
- 前記送信制御部は、前記選択信号に応じた画像データの撮影時刻より新しい撮影時刻の画像データを、前記選択信号に応じた画像データの撮影時刻より古い撮影時刻の画像データより多く前記端末装置へ送信することを特徴とする請求項8に記載のサーバ。 The transmission control unit sends more image data at a shooting time newer than the shooting time of image data according to the selection signal to the terminal device than image data at a shooting time older than the shooting time of image data according to the selection signal. The server according to claim 8, wherein the server transmits the server.
- 前記送信制御部は、前記画像データ群のうち特定の条件を満たす画像データを再生する特殊再生モードを指示する指示信号を前記操作信号として前記端末装置から受信した場合、前記画像データ群のうち前記特殊再生モードに応じて抽出された画像データを前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のサーバ。 When the transmission control unit receives, as the operation signal, an instruction signal instructing a special reproduction mode for reproducing image data satisfying a specific condition among the image data group, the transmission control unit 2. The server according to claim 1, wherein the image data extracted in accordance with the special reproduction mode is sequentially transmitted to the terminal device.
- 前記特殊再生モードに応じて抽出された画像データは、前記画像データ群のうち所定の特徴量を有する特徴的な画像データであり、
前記送信制御部は、前記被検体を俯瞰的に観察するために生成された平均色バーに対応する位置の画像データの撮影時刻と近い前記特徴的な画像データを順次送信することを特徴とする請求項10に記載のサーバ。 The image data extracted according to the special playback mode is characteristic image data having a predetermined feature amount in the image data group,
The transmission control unit sequentially transmits the characteristic image data close to the imaging time of the image data at a position corresponding to the average color bar generated in order to observe the subject from a bird's-eye view. The server according to claim 10. - 前記送信制御部は、前記表示部が当該サーバから送信された画像データに対応する読影画像を表示している際にコマ送りを指示するコマ送り信号を前記操作信号として前記端末装置から受信した場合、前記読影画像と撮影時刻が前後する2つの画像データをそれぞれ送信するとともに、前記読影画像と前記2つの画像データのうち撮影時刻が後の画像データより撮影時刻が新しい画像データを所定の数だけ前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のサーバ。 The transmission control unit receives a frame advance signal that instructs frame advance when the display unit displays an interpretation image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server as the operation signal from the terminal device. The image interpretation image and the two image data whose photographing times are before and after are respectively transmitted, and a predetermined number of image data whose photographing time is newer than the image data whose photographing time is later in the interpretation image and the two image data. The server according to claim 1, wherein the server sequentially transmits to the terminal device.
- 前記送信制御部は、前記表示部が当該サーバから送信された画像データに対応する読影画像を表示している際にコマ戻りを指示するコマ戻り信号を前記操作信号として前記端末装置から受信した場合、前記読影画像と撮影時刻が前後する2つの画像データをそれぞれ送信するとともに、前記読影画像と前記2つの画像データのうち撮影時刻が前の画像データより撮影時刻が古い画像データを所定の数だけ前記端末装置へ順次送信することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のサーバ。 The transmission control unit receives a frame return signal instructing frame return from the terminal device when the display unit displays an interpretation image corresponding to the image data transmitted from the server as the operation signal. The image interpretation image and the two image data whose photographing times are before and after are transmitted, respectively, and a predetermined number of image data whose photographing time is older than the previous image data among the interpretation image and the two image data. The server according to claim 1, wherein the server sequentially transmits to the terminal device.
- 前記画像データ群は、被検体に導入され、該被検体の体内を連続的に撮像するカプセル型内視鏡によって生成されたものであることを特徴とする請求項1に記載のサーバ。 The server according to claim 1, wherein the image data group is generated by a capsule endoscope that is introduced into a subject and continuously images the inside of the subject.
- 被検体に導入され、該被検体の体内を連続的に撮像して時間的に連続する複数の画像データで構成された画像データ群を生成するカプセル型内視鏡と、ネットワークを介して前記カプセル型内視鏡が生成した前記画像データ群を外部へ送信する検査情報管理装置と、前記ネットワークを介して前記画像データ群を受信するサーバと、前記ネットワークを介して前記サーバと双方向に通信可能な端末装置と、を備えた内視鏡システムであって、
前記端末装置は、
画像を表示可能な表示部と、
各種操作を指示する操作信号の入力を受け付け可能な操作入力部と、
を備え、
前記サーバは、
複数の被検体の各々を撮影することによって時間的に連続する複数の画像データから構成された画像データ群を複数記録する記録部と、
前記記録部が記録する複数の前記画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を前記端末装置から受信した場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、前記表示部によって表示される画像を閲覧するための送信順を決定して前記画像データ群を前記端末装置へ順次送信する送信制御部と、
を備えたことを特徴とする内視鏡システム。 A capsule endoscope that is introduced into a subject and continuously images the inside of the subject to generate a group of image data composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data; and the capsule via a network An inspection information management device that transmits the image data group generated by the endoscope to the outside, a server that receives the image data group via the network, and bidirectional communication with the server via the network An endoscopic system comprising a terminal device,
The terminal device
A display unit capable of displaying an image;
An operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals instructing various operations;
With
The server
A recording unit that records a plurality of image data groups composed of a plurality of temporally continuous image data by imaging each of a plurality of subjects;
When a request signal requesting transmission of any one of the plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit is received from the terminal device, an interpretation workflow performed by a user and the operation signal received by the terminal device And a transmission control unit that sequentially determines the transmission order for browsing the images displayed by the display unit and transmits the image data group to the terminal device,
An endoscope system comprising: - 画像を表示可能な表示部と、各種操作を指示する操作信号の入力を受け付け可能な操作入力部と、を備えた端末装置に対して、ネットワークを介して双方向に通信可能なサーバが実行する送信方法であって、
前記端末装置から記録部が記録する複数の画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を受信した場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、前記表示部によって表示される画像を閲覧するための送信順を決定して前記画像データ群を前記端末装置へ順次送信する送信制御ステップを含むことを特徴とする送信方法。 A server capable of bidirectional communication via a network executes a terminal device including a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals instructing various operations. A transmission method,
When a request signal requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit is received from the terminal device, the interpretation workflow performed by the user and the operation signal received by the terminal device A transmission method comprising: a transmission control step of determining a transmission order for browsing the images displayed by the display unit and sequentially transmitting the image data group to the terminal device. - 画像を表示可能な表示部と、各種操作を指示する操作信号の入力を受け付け可能な操作入力部と、を備えた端末装置に対して、ネットワークを介して双方向に通信可能なサーバに、
前記端末装置から記録部が記録する複数の画像データ群のいずれか一つの送信を要求する要求信号を受信した場合、ユーザが実施する読影ワークフローと前記端末装置が入力を受け付けた前記操作信号とに基づいて、前記表示部によって表示される画像を閲覧するための送信順を決定して前記画像データ群を前記端末装置へ順次送信する送信制御ステップを実行させることを特徴とするプログラム。 A server capable of bidirectional communication via a network with a terminal device including a display unit capable of displaying an image and an operation input unit capable of receiving input of operation signals instructing various operations,
When a request signal requesting transmission of any one of a plurality of image data groups recorded by the recording unit is received from the terminal device, the interpretation workflow performed by the user and the operation signal received by the terminal device Based on this, a program for executing a transmission control step of determining a transmission order for browsing the images displayed by the display unit and sequentially transmitting the image data group to the terminal device.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017527107A JPWO2017006618A1 (en) | 2015-07-09 | 2016-05-09 | Server, endoscope system, transmission method and program |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2015-137969 | 2015-07-09 | ||
JP2015137969 | 2015-07-09 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017006618A1 true WO2017006618A1 (en) | 2017-01-12 |
Family
ID=57685319
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2016/063745 WO2017006618A1 (en) | 2015-07-09 | 2016-05-09 | Server, endoscopic system, transmission method, and program |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2017006618A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017006618A1 (en) |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP6335412B1 (en) * | 2017-02-02 | 2018-05-30 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscopic image observation support system |
WO2018142664A1 (en) * | 2017-02-02 | 2018-08-09 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscopic image observation assistance system |
WO2018216369A1 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | オリンパス株式会社 | Image recording device and endoscope system |
WO2021144951A1 (en) * | 2020-01-17 | 2021-07-22 | オリンパス株式会社 | Image processing device, image processing method, and image processing program |
WO2021199935A1 (en) * | 2020-03-30 | 2021-10-07 | テルモ株式会社 | Medical care system |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2006154309A (en) * | 2004-11-29 | 2006-06-15 | Olympus Corp | Image display device, image display method and image display program |
JP2006271483A (en) * | 2005-03-28 | 2006-10-12 | Toshiba Corp | Medical image management system |
JP2009297365A (en) * | 2008-06-16 | 2009-12-24 | Olympus Corp | Image processor, image processing method, and image processing program |
JP2010094185A (en) * | 2008-10-14 | 2010-04-30 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp | Image display apparatus |
WO2011013475A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2011-02-03 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Image display device, radiographic interpretation support system, and radiographic interpretation support program |
WO2012042986A1 (en) * | 2010-09-29 | 2012-04-05 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Information processing device and capsule endoscope system |
JP5568198B1 (en) * | 2012-10-24 | 2014-08-06 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Inspection management apparatus, inspection management system, inspection management method, and inspection management program |
-
2016
- 2016-05-09 JP JP2017527107A patent/JPWO2017006618A1/en active Pending
- 2016-05-09 WO PCT/JP2016/063745 patent/WO2017006618A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2006154309A (en) * | 2004-11-29 | 2006-06-15 | Olympus Corp | Image display device, image display method and image display program |
JP2006271483A (en) * | 2005-03-28 | 2006-10-12 | Toshiba Corp | Medical image management system |
JP2009297365A (en) * | 2008-06-16 | 2009-12-24 | Olympus Corp | Image processor, image processing method, and image processing program |
JP2010094185A (en) * | 2008-10-14 | 2010-04-30 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp | Image display apparatus |
WO2011013475A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2011-02-03 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Image display device, radiographic interpretation support system, and radiographic interpretation support program |
WO2012042986A1 (en) * | 2010-09-29 | 2012-04-05 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Information processing device and capsule endoscope system |
JP5568198B1 (en) * | 2012-10-24 | 2014-08-06 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Inspection management apparatus, inspection management system, inspection management method, and inspection management program |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP6335412B1 (en) * | 2017-02-02 | 2018-05-30 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscopic image observation support system |
WO2018142664A1 (en) * | 2017-02-02 | 2018-08-09 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscopic image observation assistance system |
US10918260B2 (en) | 2017-02-02 | 2021-02-16 | Olympus Corporation | Endoscopic image observation support system |
WO2018216369A1 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | オリンパス株式会社 | Image recording device and endoscope system |
WO2021144951A1 (en) * | 2020-01-17 | 2021-07-22 | オリンパス株式会社 | Image processing device, image processing method, and image processing program |
WO2021199935A1 (en) * | 2020-03-30 | 2021-10-07 | テルモ株式会社 | Medical care system |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2017006618A1 (en) | 2017-11-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2017006618A1 (en) | Server, endoscopic system, transmission method, and program | |
JP4575124B2 (en) | Image display device | |
US8900124B2 (en) | Image display device | |
JP6368885B1 (en) | Endoscope system, terminal device, server, transmission method and program | |
JP5784859B2 (en) | Image management device | |
EP1952751B1 (en) | Device for displaying in vivo image, receiving device, and image display system and method using them | |
WO2007023771A1 (en) | Image display device | |
JP5379442B2 (en) | Image display device | |
JP2010035637A (en) | Image display apparatus and endoscope system using the same | |
WO2014002565A1 (en) | Imaging control device, storage system, and storage medium | |
JP2008295490A (en) | Capsule endoscope image display device | |
US11036363B2 (en) | Display control apparatus and display control method | |
JP2007282794A (en) | Image display | |
JP6313913B2 (en) | Endoscopic image observation support system | |
CN110637458B (en) | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and computer-readable storage medium | |
JP5231160B2 (en) | Image display device, image display method, and image display program | |
JP2006302043A (en) | Image-displaying device, image-displaying method, and image-displaying program | |
JP5684300B2 (en) | Image display device, image display method, and image display program | |
JP4590444B2 (en) | Image display device, image display method, and image display program | |
JP4663698B2 (en) | Image display device, image display method, and image display program | |
JP4598458B2 (en) | Image display device, image display method, and image display program | |
JP2007058334A (en) | Filing device and filling system | |
JP4709578B2 (en) | Image display device | |
JP2012035062A (en) | Medical image apparatus and medical image archiving apparatus | |
JP4699014B2 (en) | Image display device, image display method, and image display program |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16821089 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2017527107 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16821089 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |